CENTURYTEL INC
10-Q, 1999-08-16
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: CENTRAL COAL & COKE CORP, 10-Q, 1999-08-16
Next: CHAPARRAL RESOURCES INC, NT 10-Q, 1999-08-16




                                  UNITED STATES

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-Q


[X] Quarterly Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934

                  For the quarterly period ended June 30, 1999

                                       or

[  ] Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934

                         Commission File Number: 1-7784


                                CENTURYTEL, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


          Louisiana                                             72-0651161
(State or other jurisdiction of                              (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                              Identification No.)

                 100 Century Park Drive, Monroe, Louisiana 71203
               (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)


       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (318) 388-9000

   Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                                                          [X] Yes    [  ] No

   As of July 31, 1999, there were 139,510,368 shares of common stock
outstanding.

<PAGE>
                                CenturyTel, Inc.
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                    Page No.
                                                                    --------
Part I.   Financial Information:

    Item 1.  Financial Statements

         Consolidated Statements of Income--Three Months and
          Six Months Ended June 30, 1999 and 1998                         3

         Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income --
          Three Months and Six Months Ended June 30, 1999 and 1998        4

         Consolidated Balance Sheets--June 30, 1999 and
          December 31, 1998                                               5

         Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity--
          Six Months Ended June 30, 1999 and 1998                         6

         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows--
          Six Months Ended June 30, 1999 and 1998                         7

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                    8-10

    Item 2.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of
              Financial Condition and Results of Operations           11-24

    Item 3.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
              About Market Risk                                          24

Part II.     Other Information:

    Item 4.  Submission of Matters To a Vote of Security Holders      24-25

    Item 6.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K                         25-26

Signature                                                                26

<PAGE>


                          PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

                                CenturyTel, Inc.
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                   (UNAUDITED)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Three months             Six months
                                                  ended June 30,          ended June 30,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1999        1998        1999        1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (Dollars, except per share amounts,
                                                     and shares expressed in thousands)
<S>                                         <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>
OPERATING REVENUES
   Telephone                                $  279,113     265,322      572,074    525,135
   Cellular                                    109,932     104,871      208,403    199,037
   Other                                        27,705      18,185       50,529     35,926
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total operating revenues                 416,750     388,378      831,006    760,098
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OPERATING EXPENSES
   Cost of sales and operating
     expenses                                  200,113     185,406      393,765    367,800
   Depreciation and amortization                86,012      81,484      175,993    160,678
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total operating expenses                 286,125     266,890      569,758    528,478
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OPERATING INCOME                               130,625     121,488      261,248    231,620
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
   Gain on sale or exchange of assets, net      39,601      25,516       49,959     49,859
   Interest expense                            (37,487)    (42,072)     (79,728)   (84,881)
   Income from unconsolidated
     cellular entities                           9,267       9,066       16,112     15,943
   Minority interest                           (18,790)     (4,002)     (22,100)    (6,645)
   Other income and expense                      3,434         691        5,614      1,295
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total other income (expense)              (3,975)    (10,801)     (30,143)   (24,429)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE               126,650     110,687      231,105    207,191

   Income tax expense                           73,188      46,496      116,538     85,306
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NET INCOME                                  $   53,462      64,191      114,567    121,885
==========================================================================================

BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE*                   $      .38         .47          .83        .89
==========================================================================================

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE*                 $      .38         .46          .81        .87
==========================================================================================

DIVIDENDS PER COMMON SHARE*                 $     .045        .043          .09       .087
==========================================================================================

AVERAGE BASIC SHARES
  OUTSTANDING *                                138,852     136,922      138,455    136,686
==========================================================================================

AVERAGE DILUTED SHARES
  OUTSTANDING *                                141,461     140,028      141,245    139,701
==========================================================================================
*  Reflects March 1999 stock split.  See Note 4.
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>
<PAGE>


                                CenturyTel, Inc.
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Three months             Six months
                                                  ended June 30,          ended June 30,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1999        1998        1999        1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>

Net income                                   $ 53,462      64,191      114,567     121,885
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
  Unrealized holding gains arising during
    period, net of $1,313, $1,056, $2,430
    and $5,891 tax                              2,439       1,961        4,512      10,941
  Reclassification adjustment for gains
    included in net income, net of $-,
    $3,060, $3,625 and $11,027 tax                  -      (5,683)      (6,733)    (20,478)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Other comprehensive income,
   net of $1,313, $2,004, $1,195,
   and $5,136 tax                               2,439      (3,722)      (2,221)     (9,537)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Comprehensive income                         $ 55,901      60,469      112,346     112,348
==========================================================================================
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                CenturyTel, Inc.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               June 30,       December 31,
                                                                 1999             1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>                   <C>
ASSETS
- ------
CURRENT ASSETS
   Cash and cash equivalents                               $     93,893              5,742
   Accounts receivable, less allowance of
     $3,535 and $4,155                                          194,067            185,398
   Materials and supplies, at average cost                       20,624             23,709
   Other                                                          7,450             11,389
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                316,034            226,238
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NET PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT                             2,181,519          2,351,453
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS
   Excess cost of net assets acquired, less accumulated
     amortization of $139,657 and $133,135                    1,625,044          1,956,701
   Other                                                        436,116            401,063
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              2,061,160          2,357,764
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           $  4,558,713          4,935,455
==========================================================================================

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
- ----------------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES
   Current maturities of long-term debt                    $     53,360             53,010
   Accounts payable                                             113,923             87,627
   Accrued expenses and other liabilities
      Salaries and benefits                                      43,015             36,900
      Taxes                                                     128,143             33,411
      Interest                                                   36,095             36,926
      Other                                                      23,532             24,249
   Advance billings and customer deposits                        32,092             32,721
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                430,160            304,844
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LONG-TERM DEBT                                                2,017,472          2,558,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES                          461,930            541,129
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
   Common stock, $1.00 par value, authorized 350,000,000
     shares, issued and outstanding 139,363,490 and
     138,082,926 shares                                         139,363            138,083
   Paid-in capital                                              467,561            451,535
   Accumulated other comprehensive income - unrealized
     holding gain on investments, net of taxes                    4,996              7,217
   Retained earnings                                          1,034,505            932,611
   Unearned ESOP shares                                          (5,380)            (6,070)
   Preferred stock - non-redeemable                               8,106              8,106
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1,649,151          1,531,482
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           $  4,558,713          4,935,455
==========================================================================================
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                CenturyTel, Inc.
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Six months
                                                                         ended June 30,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      1999           1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>                 <C>
COMMON STOCK
   Balance at beginning of period                              $    138,083         91,104
   Issuance of common stock for acquisitions                              -             28
   Conversion of convertible securities into common stock               254            169
   Issuance of common stock through dividend
     reinvestment, incentive and benefit plans                        1,026            499
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Balance at end of period                                         139,363         91,800
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PAID-IN CAPITAL
   Balance at beginning of period                                   451,535        469,586
   Issuance of common stock for acquisitions                              -          1,059
   Conversion of convertible securities into common stock             3,046          3,131
   Issuance of common stock through dividend
     reinvestment, incentive and benefit plans                       11,475          8,350
   Amortization of unearned compensation and other                    1,505          1,281
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Balance at end of period                                         467,561        483,407
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Accumulated other comprehensive income
   Balance at beginning of period                                     7,217         11,893
   Change in unrealized holding gain on investments,
     net of reclassification adjustment                              (2,221)        (9,537)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Balance at end of period                                           4,996          2,356
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RETAINED EARNINGS
   Balance at beginning of period                                   932,611        728,033
   Net income                                                       114,567        121,885
   Cash dividends declared
      Common stock-$.09 and $.0866 per share, respectively *        (12,469)       (11,864)
      Preferred stock                                                  (204)          (204)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Balance at end of period                                       1,034,505        837,850
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

UNEARNED ESOP SHARES
   Balance at beginning of period                                    (6,070)        (8,450)
   Release of ESOP shares                                               690          1,190
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Balance at end of period                                          (5,380)        (7,260)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PREFERRED STOCK - NON-REDEEMABLE
   Balance at beginning and end of period                             8,106          8,106
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                     $  1,649,151      1,416,259
==========================================================================================
*  Reflects March 1999 stock split.  See Note 4.
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>
<PAGE>


                                CenturyTel, Inc.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Six months
                                                                         ended June 30,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      1999           1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                             <C>               <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
   Net income                                                    $  114,567        121,885
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to
     net cash provided by operating activities:
       Depreciation and amortization                                175,993        160,678
       Deferred income taxes                                          4,345         25,537
       Income from unconsolidated cellular entities                 (16,112)       (15,943)
       Minority interest                                             22,100          6,645
       Gain on sales of assets                                      (49,959)       (49,859)
       Changes in current assets and current liabilities:
         Accounts receivable                                        (16,392)       (20,498)
         Accounts payable                                             8,927         (6,834)
         Accrued taxes                                               30,701        (47,170)
         Other current assets and other current
           liabilities, net                                          14,118         14,240
       Increase in other non-current assets                         (23,016)        (5,334)
       Change in other non-current liabilities                         (586)         5,551
       Other, net                                                    10,073          3,489
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Net cash provided by operating activities                  274,759        192,387
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   Payments for property, plant and equipment                      (149,128)      (122,018)
   Acquisitions, net of cash acquired                                     -         (5,000)
   Proceeds from sales of assets                                    465,784        132,307
   Distributions from unconsolidated cellular entities               10,109         11,647
   Payment into escrow for interest in cellular entity              (17,614)             -
   Purchase of life insurance investment                             (4,405)        (5,150)
   Other, net                                                         1,511          2,386
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Net cash provided by investing activities                  306,257         14,172
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                           7,954        772,852
   Payments of long-term debt                                      (501,087)      (938,532)
   Payment upon settlement of hedge contracts                             -        (40,237)
   Payment of deferred debt issuance costs                                -         (6,625)
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock                            11,947          8,926
   Cash dividends                                                   (12,673)       (12,068)
   Other, net                                                           994             74
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Net cash used in financing activities                     (492,865)      (215,610)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                 88,151         (9,051)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                      5,742         26,017
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                       $   93,893         16,966
==========================================================================================

Supplemental cash flow information:
    Income taxes paid                                            $   79,497        118,364
    Interest paid                                                $   80,559         66,718
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                CenturyTel, Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1999
                                   (UNAUDITED)

(1)   Basis of Financial Reporting

      Certain  information  and  footnote   disclosures   normally  included  in
financial  statements  prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles  have been condensed or omitted  pursuant to rules and regulations of
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission;  however,  the Company  believes the
disclosures  which are made are adequate to make the  information  presented not
misleading. The consolidated financial statements and footnotes included in this
Form  10-Q  should  be read  in  conjunction  with  the  consolidated  financial
statements  and notes thereto  included in the  Company's  Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.

      The unaudited  financial  information  for the three months and six months
ended  June  30,  1999  and 1998 has not  been  audited  by  independent  public
accountants;  however,  in the opinion of  management,  all  adjustments  (which
include  only normal  recurring  adjustments)  necessary  to present  fairly the
results of  operations  for the  three-month  and  six-month  periods  have been
included therein. The results of operations for the first six months of the year
are not  necessarily  indicative  of the  results of  operations  which might be
expected for the entire year.

(2)   Net Property, Plant and Equipment

      Net property, plant and equipment is composed of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                June 30,     December 31,
                                                  1999           1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                        <C>                <C>
Telephone, at original cost                $   3,311,544       3,660,252
Accumulated depreciation                      (1,503,094)     (1,661,315)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1,808,450       1,998,937
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cellular, at cost                                434,285         428,984
Accumulated depreciation                        (190,036)       (178,569)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 244,249         250,415
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate and other, at cost                     233,451         200,422
Accumulated depreciation                        (104,631)        (98,321)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 128,820         102,101
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           $   2,181,519       2,351,453
========================================================================
</TABLE>

(3)   Earnings from Unconsolidated Cellular Entities

      The following summarizes the unaudited combined results of operations of
the cellular entities in which the Company's investments (as of June 30, 1999
and 1998) were accounted for by the equity method.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Six months
                                                        ended June 30,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1999           1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                              <C>               <C>
Results of operations
   Revenues                                      $  642,489        606,793
   Operating income                              $  195,574        216,062
   Net income                                    $  194,937        216,952
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(4)    Stock Split

       On  February  23, 1999, the Company's Board of Directors  declared  a
three-for-two common stock split effected as a 50% stock dividend distributed on
March 31, 1999.  Shares  outstanding  and per  share  data for 1998 have been
restated to reflect this stock split.

(5)    Sales of Assets

       In the  first  quarter  of 1999  the  Company  recorded  a  pre-tax  gain
aggregating $10.4 million ($6.7 million  after-tax;  $.04 per diluted share) due
to the sale of its remaining common shares of MCIWorldCom, Inc.

       In May  1999,  the  Company  sold the stock of  substantially  all of its
Alaska-based  operations to Alaska  Communications  Systems  Holdings,  Inc. The
Company received approximately $300 million in after-tax cash as a result of the
transaction.  No gain  or loss  was  recorded  upon  the  disposition  of  these
properties.

       In June 1999,  the Company sold the assets of its cellular  operations in
Brownsville and McAllen, Texas to Western Wireless Corporation for approximately
$96 million cash. In connection  therewith,  the Company recorded a pre-tax gain
of  approximately  $39.6 million,  and an after-tax loss of  approximately  $7.8
million ($.05 per diluted share.)

(6)    Pending Acquisitions

       In June 1999, the Company signed a definitive asset purchase agreement to
purchase GTE's telephone access lines (which numbered  approximately  213,650 at
December  31,  1998)  and  related  local   exchange   assets  in  Arkansas  for
approximately $843.4 million cash, subject to certain adjustments. In July 1999,
the Company acquired a 61.5% (56.9% fully-diluted) interest in a newly-organized
joint  venture  company,  which has entered  into a  definitive  asset  purchase
agreement to purchase GTE's telephone access lines (which numbered approximately
116,000 at December 31, 1998) and related local exchange  assets in Missouri for
approximately  $290 million,  subject to certain  adjustments.  At closing,  the
Company will make a preferred equity  investment in the newly organized  company
of approximately  $55 million.  These  transactions are expected to close in the
first quarter of 2000,  pending  regulatory  approvals and certain other closing
conditions.

(7)    Business Segments

       The Company has two separately  reportable business segments: telephone
and cellular.  The operating  income of these  segments is reviewed by the chief
operating decision maker to assess performance and make business decisions.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Three months                Six months
                                   ended June 30,             ended June 30,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                1999          1998         1999          1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>             <C>          <C>           <C>
Operating revenues
    Telephone segment       $ 279,113       265,322      572,074       525,135
    Cellular segment          109,932       104,871      208,403       199,037
    Other operations           27,705        18,185       50,529        35,926
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            $ 416,750       388,378      831,006       760,098
==============================================================================

Operating income
    Telephone segment       $  83,766        79,954      179,064       156,797
    Cellular segment           42,753        37,511       73,136        67,166
    Other operations            4,106         4,023        9,048         7,657
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            $ 130,625       121,488      261,248       231,620
==============================================================================

Operating income            $ 130,625       121,488      261,248       231,620
Gain on sale or exchange
  of assets, net               39,601        25,516       49,959        49,859
Interest expense              (37,487)      (42,072)     (79,728)      (84,881)
Income from unconsolidated
  cellular entities             9,267         9,066       16,112        15,943
Minority interest             (18,790)       (4,002)     (22,100)       (6,645)
Other income and expense        3,434           691        5,614         1,295
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income
  tax expense               $ 126,650       110,687      231,105       207,191
==============================================================================
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              June 30,      December 31,
                                                1999            1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                      <C>                  <C>
Total assets
    Telephone segment                     $  3,137,296        3,674,148
    Cellular segment                         1,242,961        1,097,789
    Other operations                           178,456          163,518
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                              $  4,558,713        4,935,455
=======================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                CenturyTel, Inc.
                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


       Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results
of Operations  ("MD&A")  included herein should be read in conjunction with MD&A
and the other  information  included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended  December 31, 1998.  The results of operations  for the three
months and six months ended June 30, 1999 are not necessarily  indicative of the
results of operations which might be expected for the entire year.

       CenturyTel,   Inc.   (the   "Company"),   is   a   regional   diversified
communications  company that is primarily  engaged in providing  local telephone
services and cellular telephone  communications  services. At June 30, 1999, the
Company's  local  exchange  telephone  subsidiaries  operated  over 1.2  million
telephone access lines primarily in rural,  suburban and small urban areas in 20
states, and the Company's majority-owned and operated cellular entities had more
than 640,000  cellular  subscribers.  On December 1, 1998, the Company  acquired
from  affiliates of Ameritech  Corporation  ("Ameritech")  telephone  operations
serving  86,000  access lines in northern and central  Wisconsin and the related
telephone directories for approximately $221 million cash. The operations of the
former Ameritech  properties are included in the Company's results of operations
beginning  December 1, 1998. On May 14, 1999, the Company sold substantially all
of its Alaska-based  operations serving  approximately  134,900 telephone access
lines and 3,000  cellular  subscribers.  On June 1, 1999,  the Company  sold the
assets  of its  Brownsville  and  McAllen,  Texas  cellular  operations  serving
approximately  7,500  cellular  subscribers.  The  operations of these  disposed
properties  are  included  in the  Company's  results  of  operations  up to the
respective dates of disposition.

       In  addition  to  historical  information,  management's  discussion  and
analysis  includes  certain  forward-looking  statements  regarding  events  and
financial  trends that may affect the  Company's  future  operating  results and
financial position. Such forward-looking statements are subject to uncertainties
that could cause the Company's  actual  results to differ  materially  from such
statements.  Such  uncertainties  include but are not limited to: the effects of
ongoing deregulation in the telecommunications  industry; the effects of greater
than anticipated  competition in the Company's markets;  possible changes in the
demand  for the  Company's  products  and  services;  the  Company's  ability to
successfully  introduce new offerings on a timely and cost-effective  basis; the
risks  inherent  in  rapid  technological   change;  the  Company's  ability  to
effectively manage its growth,  including  integrating newly acquired properties
into the  Company's  operations;  the  success  and  expense of the  remediation
efforts of the Company and its vendors in achieving  year 2000  compliance;  and
the  effects of more  general  factors  such as  changes  in  general  market or
economic  conditions or in legislation,  regulation or public policy.  These and
other  uncertainties  related to the business are described in greater detail in
Item 1 to the Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December
31, 1998. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking
statements,  which speak only as of the date hereof.  The Company  undertakes no
obligation to update any of its forward-looking statements for any reason.


                              RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

                    Three Months Ended June 30, 1999 Compared
                       to Three Months Ended June 30, 1998

       Net income (and  diluted  earnings  per share) for the second  quarter of
1999 and 1998 was $53.5 million ($.38) and $64.2 million  ($.46),  respectively.
Net  income  (excluding  the  after-tax  effect of asset  sales)  for the second
quarter of 1999 was $61.2 million  compared to $49.5  million  during the second
quarter of 1998.  Diluted  earnings per share (excluding the after-tax effect of
asset sales)  increased to $.43 during the three months ended June 30, 1999 from
$.35 during the three months ended June 30, 1998, a 22.9% increase.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Three months
                                                         ended June 30,
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1999             1998
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (Dollars, except per
                                                      share amounts,and
                                                     shares in thousands)
<S>                                             <C>                <C>
Operating income
   Telephone                                    $   83,766           79,954
   Cellular                                         42,753           37,511
   Other                                             4,106            4,023
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   130,625          121,488
Gain on sale or exchange of assets, net             39,601           25,516
Interest expense                                   (37,487)         (42,072)
Income from unconsolidated cellular entities         9,267            9,066
Minority interest                                  (18,790)          (4,002)
Other income and expense                             3,434              691
Income tax expense                                 (73,188)         (46,496)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                      $   53,462           64,191
===========================================================================
Basic earnings per share                        $      .38              .47
===========================================================================
Diluted earnings per share                      $      .38              .46
===========================================================================
Average basic shares outstanding                   138,852          136,922
===========================================================================
Average diluted shares outstanding                 141,461          140,028
===========================================================================
</TABLE>

       Contributions to operating revenues and operating income by the Company's
telephone,  cellular,  and other  operations for the three months ended June 30,
1999 and 1998 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Three months
                                                        ended June 30,
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1999                1998
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>                <C>
Operating revenues
   Telephone operations                            67.0%               68.3
   Cellular operations                             26.4%               27.0
   Other operations                                 6.6%                4.7

Operating income
   Telephone operations                            64.1%               65.8
   Cellular operations                             32.7%               30.9
   Other operations                                 3.2%                3.3
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Telephone Operations

 <TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Three months
                                                        ended June 30,
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1999                1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                            <C>                   <C>
Operating revenues
   Local service                               $   89,452             81,456
   Network access                                 155,789            151,976
   Other                                           33,872             31,890
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  279,113            265,322
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating expenses
   Plant operations                                63,492             57,548
   Customer operations                             24,001             23,033
   Corporate and other                             38,916             39,225
   Depreciation and amortization                   68,938             65,562
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  195,347            185,368
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating income                               $   83,766             79,954
============================================================================
</TABLE>

       Telephone  operating  income  increased  $3.8  million  (4.8%)  due to an
increase in operating  revenues of $13.8 million (5.2%),  which more than offset
an increase in operating expenses of $10.0 million (5.4%).

       Of the $13.8 million  increase in operating  revenues,  $10.9 million was
attributable  to the  properties  acquired from  Ameritech,  which was more than
offset  by a $14.4  million  decrease  due to the sale of the  Company's  Alaska
telephone  properties on May 14, 1999. The remaining  $17.3 million  increase in
revenues was partially due to a $5.6 million  increase in local network  service
primarily  due to an  increase in the number of customer  access  lines;  a $2.4
million  increase in revenues  due to  increased  minutes of use; a $2.3 million
increase in amounts  received  from the federal  Universal  Service Fund; a $1.7
million  increase in revenues  resulting  from  revisions of revenue  settlement
agreements;  and a $1.5  million  increase in the partial  recovery of increased
operating  expenses  through revenue  sharing  arrangements in which the Company
participates with other telephone companies.

       Plant operations  expenses increased $5.9 million (10.3%),  of which $3.1
million was attributable to the properties acquired from Ameritech,  offset by a
$4.1  decrease  due to the sale of the Alaska  properties.  The  remaining  $6.9
million  increase was  primarily  due to a $1.6  million  increase in repair and
maintenance  expenses;  a $2.1 million increase in network operations  expenses;
and  a  $1.3  million  increase  in  expenses   associated  with  the  Company's
non-regulated operations.

       During the second quarter of 1999 customer  operations expenses increased
$968,000  (4.2%) due to a $769,000  increase  in  salaries  and  benefits  and a
$894,000 increase  attributable to the properties acquired from Ameritech.  Such
increases  were partially  offset by a $1.4 million  decrease due to the sale of
the Alaska properties.

       Corporate and other expenses  decreased $309,000 (.8%) primarily due to a
$2.0 million  decrease in salaries and benefits and a $2.2 million  decrease due
to the sale of the Alaska properties.  Such decreases were partially offset by a
$2.1 million  increase in contract labor expenses  associated  with readying the
Company's  systems to be year 2000  compliant  and a $1.6  million  increase  in
operating taxes.

       Depreciation  and  amortization  increased  $3.4  million,  of which $3.9
million was  attributable  to the  properties  acquired from  Ameritech and $3.1
million  was due to  higher  levels of plant in  service.  Such  increases  were
partially  offset by a $3.9 million  reduction in depreciation  and amortization
expense related to the Company's Alaska properties.

Cellular Operations and Income From Unconsolidated Cellular Entities
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Three months
                                                           ended June 30,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1999             1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                <C>                 <C>
Operating income - cellular operations             $  42,753           37,511
Minority interest, exclusive of the effect
  of asset sales                                      (3,864)          (4,002)
Income from unconsolidated cellular entities           9,267            9,066
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   $  48,156           42,575
==============================================================================
</TABLE>

       The Company's cellular  operations  (discussed below) reflect 100% of the
results of  operations  of the  cellular  entities  in which the  Company  has a
majority ownership  interest.  The minority interest owners' share of the income
of such entities is reflected in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income
as an expense in  "Minority  interest."  See Minority  Interest  for  additional
information. The Company's share of earnings from the cellular entities in which
it has less than a majority  interest is accounted  for using the equity  method
and is reflected in the Company's  Consolidated  Statements of Income as "Income
from unconsolidated cellular entities."

Cellular Operations
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Three months
                                                            ended June 30,
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1999            1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>
Operating revenues
   Service revenues                                  $ 107,405          102,766
   Equipment sales                                       2,527            2,105
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       109,932          104,871
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating expenses
   Cost of equipment sold                                5,254            3,702
   System operations                                    14,438           14,633
   General, administrative and customer service         18,470           20,063
   Sales and marketing                                  12,922           13,791
   Depreciation and amortization                        16,095           15,171
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        67,179           67,360
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating income                                     $  42,753           37,511
===============================================================================
</TABLE>

       Cellular operating income increased $5.2 million (14.0%) to $42.8 million
in the second  quarter of 1999 from $37.5 million in the second quarter of 1998.
Cellular  operating  revenues  increased  $5.1 million  (4.8%)  while  operating
expenses decreased $181,000 (.3%).

       The $4.6 million increase in service revenues was primarily due to a $5.7
million  increase in roaming usage which was partially  offset by a $1.1 million
decrease in local service revenues.

       The following table illustrates the growth in the Company's cellular
customer base in its majority-owned markets:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Three months
                                                       ended June 30,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1999       1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>
Customers at beginning of period                    638,992    576,397
Gross units added internally                         45,949     43,013
Disconnects                                          33,623     35,481
Net units added                                      12,326      7,532
Effect of dispositions                              (10,563)         -
Customers at end of period                          640,755    583,929
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

       The average monthly cellular service revenue per customer declined to $56
during  the second  quarter  of 1999 from $59 during the second  quarter of 1998
partially due to the continued trend that a higher percentage of new subscribers
tend to be lower  usage  customers  and  pricing  rate  reductions.  The average
monthly  service  revenue  per  customer  may  further  decline  (i)  as  market
penetration  increases and  additional  lower usage  customers are activated and
(ii) as competitive  pressures from current and future  wireless  communications
providers intensify. The Company is responding to such competitive pressures by,
among  other  things,  modifying  certain  of its price  plans and  implementing
certain other plans and  promotions,  all of which are likely to result in lower
average  revenue per  customer.  The Company will  continue to focus on customer
service and attempt to stimulate cellular usage by promoting the availability of
certain  enhanced  services and by improving the quality of its service  through
the construction of additional cell sites and other enhancements to its system.

       General, administrative and customer service expenses decreased  $1.6
million  (7.9%) due to a $2.2  million  decrease in the  provision  for doubtful
accounts  which was partially  offset by a $607,000  increase in general  office
expenses.

       The Company's average  monthly churn rate (the  percentage  of  cellular
customers that  terminate  service) was 1.72% for the second quarter of 1999 and
1.97% for the second quarter of 1998.

       Sales and marketing expenses decreased $869,000 (6.3%) primarily due to a
$669,000  decrease in advertising and sales  promotions  expenses and a $497,000
decrease in  commissions  paid to agents for selling  services to new  customers
primarily  as a  result  of  fewer  cellular  units  being  added  through  this
distribution channel during 1999 as compared to 1998.

       Depreciation and amortization increased $924,000 (6.1%) primarily due to
an increase in amortization of intangibles.

Other Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Three months
                                                         ended June 30,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1999          1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                <C>              <C>
Operating revenues
    Long distance                                  $  19,411        12,338
    Call center                                        3,103         2,349
    Other                                              5,191         3,498
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      27,705        18,185
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating expenses
    Cost of sales and operating expenses              22,620        13,411
    Depreciation and amortization                        979           751
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      23,599        14,162
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                                   $   4,106         4,023
==========================================================================
</TABLE>

       Other operations include the results of operations of subsidiaries of the
Company which are not included in the telephone or cellular segments, including,
but not limited to, the  Company's  non-regulated  long distance and call center
operations.  The $7.1 million  increase in long distance  revenues was primarily
attributable  to the  growth in the  number  of  customers.  The  number of long
distance  customers  as of June  30,  1999 and 1998  was  259,800  and  204,700,
respectively.

       Operating  expenses  increased  $9.4 million  primarily due to (i) a $4.7
million  increase in expenses of the  Company's  long  distance  operations  due
primarily  to an  increase  in  customers  and (ii) a $2.5  million  increase in
expenses due to expansion of the  Company's  security,  personal  communications
services and fiber network businesses.

Interest Expense

       Interest  expense  decreased  $4.6 million in the second  quarter of 1999
compared  to  the  second  quarter  of  1998  primarily  due to a  reduction  in
outstanding indebtedness.

Gain on Sale or Exchange of Assets

       In the second  quarter of 1999,  the Company  recorded a pre-tax  gain of
approximately  $39.6  million  as a  result  of the  sale of the  assets  of the
Brownsville  and  McAllen,  Texas  cellular  properties.  See Note 5 of Notes to
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional  information  and  Minority
Interest below.

       In the  second  quarter  of 1998,  the  Company  recorded  pre-tax  gains
aggregating  $25.5 million  ($14.7  million  after-tax;  $.11 per diluted share)
primarily as a result of the sale of 750,000 shares of  MCIWorldCom,  Inc. stock
and the sale of minority interests in two non-strategic cellular entities.

<PAGE>

Minority Interest

       Minority  interest is the expense  recorded by the Company to reflect the
minority  interest  owners'  share  of the  earnings  or loss  of the  Company's
majority-owned and operated cellular entities and  majority-owned  subsidiaries.
Minority  interest  increased  $14.8  million  primarily  due  to  the  minority
partners'  share of the gain on sale of assets of the  Brownsville  and McAllen,
Texas cellular properties.

Other Income and Expense

       Other income and expense increased $2.7 million in the second quarter of
1999 compared to the second quarter of 1998,  substantially all of which relates
to favorable non-recurring items recorded in the second quarter of 1999.

Income Tax Expense

       Income tax expense  increased $26.7 million in the second quarter of 1999
compared to the second  quarter of 1998.  Exclusive of the effects of income tax
expense on asset sales, the effective income tax rate was 40.0% and 41.9% in the
three months ended June 30, 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  Such  decrease in the
effective  income tax rate was  primarily  due to a decrease  in  non-deductible
amortization  of excess cost of net assets acquired  (goodwill)  attributable to
the sale of the Company's  Alaska and Texas  properties in the second quarter of
1999.

                     Six Months Ended June 30, 1999 Compared
                        to Six Months Ended June 30, 1998

       Net income (and  diluted  earnings per share) for the first six months of
1999 and 1998 was $114.6 million ($.81) and $121.9 million ($.87), respectively.
Net income  (excluding  the  after-tax  effect of asset sales) for the first six
months of 1999 was $115.6 million compared to $91.4 million during the first six
months of 1998.  Diluted  earnings per share  (excluding the after-tax effect of
asset  sales)  increased  to $.82 during the six months ended June 30, 1999 from
$.66 during the six months ended June 30, 1998, a 24.2% increase.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Six months
                                                          ended June 30,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1999                1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       (Dollars, except per
                                                         share amounts, and
                                                        shares in thousands)
<S>                                               <C>                  <C>
Operating income
   Telephone                                      $ 179,064            156,797
   Cellular                                          73,136             67,166
   Other                                              9,048              7,657
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    261,248            231,620
Gain on sale or exchange of assets, net              49,959             49,859
Interest expense                                    (79,728)           (84,881)
Income from unconsolidated cellular entities         16,112             15,943
Minority interest                                   (22,100)            (6,645)
Other income and expense                              5,614              1,295
Income tax expense                                 (116,538)           (85,306)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                        $ 114,567            121,885
==============================================================================
Basic earnings per share                          $     .83                .89
==============================================================================
Diluted earnings per share                        $     .81                .87
==============================================================================
Average basic shares outstanding                    138,455            136,686
==============================================================================
Average diluted shares outstanding                  141,245            139,701
==============================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>


       Contributions to operating revenues and operating income by the Company's
telephone, cellular, and other operations for the six months ended June 30, 1999
and 1998 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Six months
                                                   ended June 30,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1999                1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>                 <C>
Operating revenues
   Telephone operations                       68.8%               69.1
   Cellular operations                        25.1%               26.2
   Other operations                            6.1%                4.7

Operating income
   Telephone operations                       68.5%               67.7
   Cellular operations                        28.0%               29.0
   Other operations                            3.5%                3.3
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Telephone Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Six months
                                                   ended June 30,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1999                1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                       <C>                   <C>
Operating revenues
   Local service                          $  180,109            159,582
   Network access                            322,944            303,154
   Other                                      69,021             62,399
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             572,074            525,135
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating expenses
   Plant operations                          130,514            114,207
   Customer operations                        45,895             45,849
   Corporate and other                        75,835             79,008
   Depreciation and amortization             140,766            129,274
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             393,010            368,338
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating income                          $  179,064            156,797
=======================================================================
</TABLE>

       Telephone  operating  income  increased  $22.3 million  (14.2%) due to an
increase in operating  revenues of $46.9 million (8.9%),  which more than offset
an increase in operating expenses of $24.7 million (6.7%).

       Of the $46.9 million  increase in operating  revenues,  $22.9 million was
attributable  to the  properties  acquired from  Ameritech,  which was partially
offset  by a $11.7  million  decrease  due to the sale of the  Company's  Alaska
telephone  properties.  The  remaining  $35.7  million  increase in revenues was
partially due to a $11.1 million increase in local network service primarily due
to an increase in access lines; a $4.4 million increase resulting from revisions
of revenue  settlement  agreements;  a $4.0 million increase in amounts received
from the federal  Universal Service Fund; a $3.0 million increase in the partial
recovery of increased operating expenses through revenue sharing arrangements in
which the Company  participates with other telephone  companies;  a $2.6 million
increase in revenues from the provision of Internet  access;  and a $2.2 million
increase in revenues due to increased minutes of use.

       Plant operations  expenses  increased $16.3 million (14.3%) of which $5.3
million was attributable to the properties acquired from Ameritech,  offset by a
$3.1 million  decrease due to the sale of the Alaska telephone  properties.  The
remaining $14.1 million increase was primarily due to a $4.0 million increase in
repair and maintenance  expenses;  a $3.6 million increase in network operations
expenses;  and a $1.9 million increase in expenses associated with the Company's
non-regulated operations.

       Corporate and other expenses  decreased $3.2 million (4.0%) due to a $4.1
million  decrease  in  salaries  and  benefits  and a $4.0  million  decrease in
expenses due to the sale of the Alaska telephone properties. Such decreases were
partially  offset by a $2.3  million  increase in expenses  attributable  to the
Ameritech  properties  and a $2.4 million  increase in contract  labor  expenses
attributable to readying the Company's systems to be year 2000 compliant.

       Depreciation  and  amortization  increased  $11.5 million (8.9%) of which
$7.8 million was attributable to the properties acquired from Ameritech and $5.4
million  was due to  higher  levels of plant in  service.  Such  increases  were
partially  offset by a $3.3 million  reduction in depreciation  and amortization
expense related to the Company's Alaska properties.

Cellular Operations and Income From Unconsolidated Cellular Entities

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Six months
                                                         ended June 30,
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1999            1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                <C>                <C>
Operating income - cellular operations             $ 73,136           67,166
Minority interest, exclusive of the
  effect of asset sales                              (7,162)          (6,645)
Income from unconsolidated cellular entities         16,112           15,943
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   $ 82,086           76,464
============================================================================
</TABLE>

       The Company's cellular  operations  (discussed below) reflect 100% of the
results of  operations  of the  cellular  entities  in which the  Company  has a
majority ownership  interest.  The minority interest owners' share of the income
of such entities is reflected in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income
as an expense in  "Minority  interest."  See Minority  Interest  for  additional
information. The Company's share of earnings from the cellular entities in which
it has less than a majority  interest is accounted  for using the equity  method
and is reflected in the Company's  Consolidated  Statements of Income as "Income
from unconsolidated cellular entities."

Cellular Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Six months
                                                ended June 30,
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1999            1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                     <C>                 <C>
Operating revenues
   Service revenues                     $  203,381          194,864
   Equipment sales                           5,022            4,173
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           208,403          199,037
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating expenses
   Cost of equipment sold                    9,635            7,398
   System operations                        27,741           28,885
   General, administrative and
     customer service                       37,630           38,444
   Sales and marketing                      26,935           27,433
   Depreciation and amortization            33,326           29,711
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           135,267          131,871
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating income                        $   73,136           67,166
===================================================================
</TABLE>

       Cellular  operating income increased $6.0 million (8.9%) to $73.1 million
in the first six  months of 1999 from  $67.2  million in the first six months of
1998. Cellular operating revenues increased $9.4 million (4.7%), while operating
expenses increased $3.4 million (2.6%).

       The $8.5 million increase in service revenues was primarily due to a $9.4
million  increase  in roaming  usage  which was  partially  offset by a $922,000
decrease in local service revenues.


<PAGE>


       The following  table  illustrates  the growth in the  Company's  cellular
customer base in its majority owned markets:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Six months
                                                      ended June 30,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1999            1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>              <C>
Customers at beginning of period                624,119          569,983
Gross units added internally                     98,931           91,689
Disconnects                                      71,732           77,743
Net units added                                  27,199           13,946
Effect of dispositions                          (10,563)               -
Customers at end of period                      640,755          583,929
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

       The average monthly cellular service revenue per customer declined to $53
during the first six months of 1999 from $56 during the first six months of 1998
partially due to the continued trend that a higher percentage of new subscribers
tend to be lower  usage  customers  and  pricing  rate  reductions.  The average
monthly  service  revenue  per  customer  may  further  decline  (i)  as  market
penetration  increases and  additional  lower usage  customers are activated and
(ii) as competitive  pressures from current and future  wireless  communications
providers intensify. The Company is responding to such competitive pressures by,
among  other  things,  modifying  certain  of its price  plans and  implementing
certain other plans and  promotions,  all of which are likely to result in lower
average  revenue per  customer.  The Company will  continue to focus on customer
service and attempt to stimulate cellular usage by promoting the availability of
certain  enhanced  services and by improving the quality of its service  through
the construction of additional cell sites and other enhancements to its system.

       System operations expenses decreased $1.1 million (4.0%) in the first six
months of 1999 primarily due to a $2.0 million  decrease in the net amounts paid
to other carriers for cellular service  provided to the Company's  customers who
roam in the other carriers' service areas. Such decrease was partially offset by
a $722,000 increase associated with operating a greater number of cell sites.

       General,  administrative and customer service expenses decreased $814,000
(2.1%) due to a $4.7 million  decrease in the  provision  for doubtful  accounts
which  was  partially  offset  by a $3.9  million  increase  in  general  office
expenses.

       The  Company's  average  monthly  churn rate (the  percentage of cellular
customers that terminate service) was 1.86% for the first six months of 1999 and
2.22% for the first six months of 1998.

       Sales and marketing  expenses  decreased $498,000 (1.8%) due primarily to
$2.0 million reduction in commissions paid to agents for selling services to new
customers primarily as a result of fewer cellular units being added through this
distribution  channel  during  1999 as  compared  to  1998.  Such  decrease  was
partially  offset  by a $1.4  million  increase  in costs  incurred  in  selling
products and services in retail locations.

       Depreciation  and amortization  increased $3.6 million (12.2%),  of which
$1.9  million was  attributable  to a higher  level of plant in service and $2.2
million was due to an increase in amortization of intangibles.


Other Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Six months
                                                      ended June 30,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1999           1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                              <C>             <C>
Operating revenues
    Long distance                                $ 36,441        23,602
    Call center                                     5,547         4,948
    Other                                           8,541         7,376
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   50,529        35,926
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating expenses
    Cost of sales and operating expenses           39,580        26,576
    Depreciation and amortization                   1,901         1,693
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   41,481        28,269
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                                 $  9,048         7,657
=======================================================================
</TABLE>

       Other operations include the results of operations of subsidiaries of the
Company which are not included in the telephone or cellular segments, including,
but not limited to, the  Company's non-regulated  long  distance and call center
operations.   The  $12.8  million   increase  in  long  distance   revenues  was
attributable to the growth in the number of customers.

       Operating  expenses  increased  $13.2  million  primarily  due  to (i) an
increase of $6.9 million in expenses of the Company's  long distance  operations
due  primarily to an increase in customers  and (ii) a $3.7 million  increase in
expenses due to  expansion of the  Company's  security,  personal  communication
services and fiber network businesses.

Interest Expense

       Interest  expense  decreased $5.2 million in the first six months of 1999
compared  to the  first six  months  of 1998  primarily  due to a  reduction  in
outstanding indebtedness.

Gain on Sale or Exchange of Assets, Net

       In the first six  months of 1999,  the  Company  recorded  pre-tax  gains
aggregating  $50.0  million.  Approximately  $10.4  million of the pre-tax gains
($6.7  million  after-tax;  $.04 per  diluted  share) was due to the sale of the
Company's  remaining  common shares of  MCIWorldCom,  Inc. The  remaining  $39.6
million of the pre-tax  gains ($7.8 million loss  after-tax;  ($.05) per diluted
share)  was due to the sale of the  Company's  Brownsville  and  McAllen,  Texas
cellular  properties.  See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated  Financial Statements
for additional information and Minority Interest below.

       In the first six  months of 1998,  the  Company  recorded  pre-tax  gains
aggregating  $49.9 million  ($30.5  million  after-tax;  $.21 per diluted share)
primarily due to the  conversion of its investment in the common stock of Brooks
Fiber Networks, Inc. into common stock of WorldCom, Inc., the subsequent sale of
750,000  shares  of  WorldCom,  Inc.  common  stock,  and the  sale of  minority
interests in two non-strategic cellular entities.

Minority Interest

       Minority  interest is the expense  recorded by the Company to reflect the
minority  interest  owners'  share  of the  earnings  or loss  of the  Company's
majority-owned and operated cellular entities and  majority-owned  subsidiaries.
Minority  interest  increased  $15.5  million  primarily  due  to  the  minority
partners'  share of the gain on sale of assets of the  Brownsville  and McAllen,
Texas cellular properties.

<PAGE>

Other Income and Expense

       Other income and expense  increased  $4.3 million in the first six months
of 1999  compared  to the first six months of 1998,  substantially  all of which
relates to favorable non-recurring items recorded in 1999.

Income Tax Expense

       Income tax  expense  increased  $31.2  million in the first six months of
1999  compared  to the first six  months of 1998.  Exclusive  of the  effects of
income tax expense on asset sales,  the effective  income tax rate was 41.0% and
41.9% in the six  months  ended  June  30,  1999 and  1998,  respectively.  Such
decrease in the  effective  income tax rate was  primarily  due to a decrease in
non-deductible  amortization  of excess cost of net assets  acquired  (goodwill)
attributable to the sale of the Company's Alaska and Texas properties in 1999.

                         LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES


       Excluding cash used for acquisitions, the Company relies on cash provided
by operations to provide a substantial  portion of its cash needs. The Company's
operations  have  historically  provided a stable  source of cash flow which has
helped the Company continue its long-term program of capital improvements.

       Net cash provided by operating  activities  was $274.8 million during the
first six months of 1999 compared to $192.4  million during the first six months
of 1998.  The  Company's  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of cash  flows
identify major differences between net income and net cash provided by operating
activities for each of these periods. For additional information relating to the
telephone operations,  cellular operations, and other operations of the Company,
see Results of Operations.

       Net cash provided by investing  activities was $306.3 million for the six
months  ended June 30, 1999  compared to $14.2  million for the six months ended
June 30,  1998.  Proceeds  from the sales of assets were  $465.8  million in the
first six months of 1999  compared to $132.3  million in the first six months of
1998. Payments for property,  plant and equipment were $27.1 million more in the
first six months of 1999 than in the  comparable  period  during  1998.  Capital
expenditures  for the six months  ended June 30,  1999 were  $86.6  million  for
telephone, $29.0 million for cellular and $33.5 million for other operations.

       Net cash used in financing activities was $492.9 million during the first
six months of 1999  compared  to $215.6  million  during the first six months of
1998.  Net payments of long-term  debt were $327.5 million more during the first
six months of 1999  compared to the first six months of 1998,  primarily  due to
utilization of proceeds received from the sales of assets.  During the first six
months of 1998,  the Company issued an aggregate of $765 million of senior notes
and  debentures.  The net  proceeds of  approximately  $758 million were used to
reduce the bank  indebtedness  incurred in connection  with the  acquisition  of
Pacific Telecom, Inc. In addition, the Company paid approximately $40 million to
settle  numerous  interest  rate hedge  contracts  that had been entered into in
anticipation of these debt issuances.

       Budgeted  capital  expenditures for 1999 total $215 million for telephone
operations,  $70 million for cellular  operations  and $60 million for corporate
and other operations.

       As of June 30, 1999,  Century's telephone  subsidiaries had available for
use  $135.1  million  of  commitments  for  long-term  financing  from the Rural
Utilities  Service and the Company had $606.1 million of undrawn  committed bank
lines of credit.

       In June 1999, the Company signed a definitive asset purchase agreement to
purchase  GTE's local  exchange  assets in  Arkansas  for  approximately  $834.4
million in cash.  In July  1999,  the  Company  acquired  a 61.5%  (56.9%  fully
diluted) interest in a joint venture company which has entered into a definitive
asset purchase agreement to purchase GTE's local exchange assets in Missouri for
approximately  $290  million  in  cash.  At  closing,   the  Company  will  make
approximately a $55 million preferred equity  investment in the new entity.  The
purchase  price under both  agreements is subject to  adjustments  which are not
expected to be material in the aggregate.  Both  transactions are anticipated to
close in first quarter 2000,  subject to regulatory  approvals and certain other
closing  conditions.  Financing plans are not yet complete and will be dependent
upon the Company's review of its alternatives and market conditions. As a result
of the Company's announcement of these transactions,  Moody's placed its ratings
of the Company's debt under review for possible  downgrade and Standard & Poor's
placed  its  ratings  of  the  Company's  debt  on  CreditWatch   with  negative
implications.


                                  OTHER MATTERS

Accounting for the Effects of Regulation

       The Company currently accounts for its regulated telephone  operations in
accordance  with the provisions of Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No. 71 ("SFAS 71"), "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation."
While the ongoing applicability of SFAS 71 to the Company's telephone operations
is being monitored due to the changing  regulatory,  competitive and legislative
environments,  the Company believes that SFAS 71 still applies.  However,  it is
possible that changes in regulation or  legislation  or  anticipated  changes in
competition or in the demand for regulated  services or products could result in
the  Company's  telephone  operations  not being  subject to SFAS 71 in the near
future.  In that event,  implementation  of Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 101 ("SFAS  101"),  "Regulated  Enterprises  - Accounting  for the
Discontinuance  of  Application  of FASB  Statement  No. 71," would  require the
write-off of previously  established  regulatory  assets and liabilities,  along
with an adjustment of certain accumulated  depreciation  accounts to reflect the
difference  between recorded  depreciation  and the amount of depreciation  that
would have been recorded had the Company's telephone operations not been subject
to rate  regulation.  Such  discontinuance  of the  application of SFAS 71 would
result in a material, noncash charge against earnings which would be reported as
an  extraordinary  item.  While the  effect of  implementing  SFAS 101 cannot be
precisely  estimated  at  this  time,  management  believes  that  the  noncash,
after-tax, extraordinary charge would be between $320 million and $370 million.


Year 2000 Readiness Disclosure

      The Year 2000 issue concerns the inability of computer systems and certain
other  equipment  to properly  recognize  and process  data that uses two digits
rather than four to designate particular years. The Company has initiated a Year
2000 Project  Plan ("the Plan") to assess  whether its systems that process date
sensitive  information  will  perform  satisfactorily  leading  up to and beyond
January 1, 2000.  The goal of the Plan is to correct,  prior to January 1, 2000,
any Year 2000-related  problem with critical systems, the failure of which could
have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  operations.  The Plan includes
steps to (i) identify  each  critical  system  element that  requires  date code
remediation,  (ii) establish a plan to remediate such systems,  (iii)  implement
all required remediations and (iv) selectively test the remediated systems.

       Thus far, the identification phase has identified Year 2000 issues in the
following  critical   Company-owned  systems:  (i)  switching  and  transmission
hardware and software used by the Company to route and deliver  telephone calls;
(ii) network support systems,  including  customer  service  systems,  and (iii)
billing and  collection  systems used by the Company to invoice and process most
of its  customer  payments.  In  addition,  the  Company (i)  receives  critical
services from providers of utilities and other services to facilities that house
employees and switching,  transmission and other equipment and (ii) is dependent
upon outside vendors for, among other things,  the provision of critical network
components and cellular billing services. The Company is also critically reliant
upon the systems of other  telecommunication  carriers  with which the Company's
systems  interconnect  for the routing  and  delivery of  telephone  calls.  The
Company has also identified  potential Year 2000-related  liability with respect
to telephone equipment manufactured by unaffiliated parties that the Company has
sold or leased to its customers  ("Customer  Premises  Equipment" or "CPE"). The
identification  and planning  phases of the Plan are  materially  complete  with
respect to Company-owned systems, third party vendors and CPE customers, and are
substantially complete with respect to other telecommunication carriers.

       Based on work completed  under the Plan to date,  the Company  currently
intends to take the  following  additional  steps under its Plan with respect to
Company-owned systems,  third-party vendors, other telecommunications  carriers,
and CPE customers:


o   The  Company   generally   plans  to  remediate   Company-owned   switching,
    transmission,  billing and collection and other critical systems through the
    revision or replacement of current system  components.  Necessary changes to
    critical  Company-owned systems are substantially  complete and are expected
    to  be  finalized  by  third  quarter  1999.   The  selective   testing  and
    verification  of such changes are expected to be completed  during 1999. Due
    to the large number of system components requiring remediation,  the Company
    does not  intend  to test  every  remediated  system  but will rely upon the
    results of selective  testing to determine the  effectiveness of remediation
    efforts.

o   With  respect to critical  services  provided by  utilities  and other third
    parties,  the Company  contacted all such suppliers during 1998. Thus far, a
    majority of those  suppliers who have  responded  have  indicated that their
    systems and service  delivery  mechanisms  are Year 2000 compliant or can be
    made so through  currently  available  modifications.  The Company  plans to
    continue  monitoring  all  third-party   remediation  efforts  and  to  make
    contingency plans for the delivery of such services as necessary.

o   The  Company  has  received  certain  assurances  from  industry  trade data
    regarding the Year 2000 readiness of major telecommunications companies with
    which the  Company's  switching  systems  interconnect.  In June  1999,  the
    Company  made  specific  inquiries  with  these and other  telecommunication
    carriers  to  determine  their  compliance  status,  and  expects  to obtain
    information in response  thereto  during third quarter 1999,  although there
    can be no assurance that carriers will supply this information.

o   Finally, the Company has obtained Year 2000 compliance  information from CPE
    manufacturers and has provided and will continue to provide this information
    to the Company's  business  customers  throughout 1999. The Company plans to
    work with CPE  manufacturers  to encourage the  development  of remedies for
    Year 2000  problems  in such  equipment  and to  continue  working  with its
    customers to identify  Year 2000 problems in CPE.  However,  there can be no
    assurance  that CPE  manufacturers  or  customers  will  cooperate  with the
    Company's efforts to address these problems.

      While the Company currently believes that it will be able to remediate and
selectively  test  Company-owned  systems in time to  minimize  any  detrimental
effect on its  operations,  there can be no  assurance  that such  steps will be
successful.  Failure  by the  Company to timely and  effectively  remediate  its
systems,   or  the  failure  of  critical   vendors  and   suppliers  and  other
telecommunications carriers to remediate affected systems, could have a material
adverse  impact on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition,  results  of
operations and prospects.  Because the impact of Year 2000 issues on the Company
is  materially  dependent  on the  mitigation  efforts  of parties  outside  the
Company's control, the Company cannot assess with certainty the magnitude of any
such  potential  adverse  impact.  However,  based  upon  risk  assessment  work
conducted thus far, the Company  believes that the most reasonably  likely worst
case   scenario  of  the  failure  by  the  Company,   its  suppliers  or  other
telecommunications carriers with which the Company interconnects to resolve Year
2000   issues   would  be  an   inability   by  the   Company   (i)  to  provide
telecommunications  services  to the  Company's  customers,  (ii) to  route  and
deliver   telephone   calls   originating   from  or   terminating   with  other
telecommunications  carriers,  (iii) to timely and  accurately  process  service
requests and (iv) to timely and accurately  bill its  customers.  In addition to
lost  earnings,  these  failures  could also result in loss of customers  due to
service  interruptions and billing errors,  substantial  claims by customers and
increased  expenses   associated  with  stabilizing   operations  and  executing
mitigation plans.

       Contingency planning to maintain  and  restore  service  in the event of
natural disasters, power failures and systems-related problems is a routine part
of the Company's  operations.  The Company believes that such contingency  plans
will  assist  the  Company in  responding  to the  failure  by  outside  service
providers to successfully address Year 2000 issues. In addition,  the Company is
currently  identifying and considering  various Year  2000-specific  contingency
plans,  including  identification of alternate vendors and service providers and
manual alternatives to system operations.  These Year 2000-specific  contingency
plans are expected to be materially  completed in third quarter 1999,  but their
review and development will continue throughout 1999.

       Although the total costs to  implement  the  Plan  cannot  be  precisely
estimated, the Company incurred costs of $4.2 million during 1998 (none of which
was related to hardware  costs and other capital items) and $13.6 million during
the first six months of 1999  ($10.9  million of which was  related to  hardware
costs  and other  capital  items)  and  anticipates  spending  an  aggregate  of
approximately  $17.8 million during the remainder of 1999 (which  includes $10.1
million of hardware  costs and other capital  items.) All costs will be expensed
as incurred,  except for hardware and other items that should be  capitalized in
accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Some of the costs
represent ongoing  investment in systems upgrades,  the timing of which is being
accelerated in order to facilitate Year 2000 compliance. In some instances, such
upgrades will position the Company to provide more and  better-quality  services
to its customers than they currently receive.  The Company expects to fund these
costs with cash provided by  operations.  Cost  estimates and  statements of the
Company's plans and expectations discussed above are forward-looking  statements
that are derived using numerous  assumptions of future events, many of which are
outside the Company's  control,  including the  availability  and future cost of
trained personnel and various other resources,  third party modification  plans,
the absence of systems requiring  remediation that have not yet been discovered,
and other factors.


                                CENTURYTEL, INC.
                          QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE
                          DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market Risk

       The Company is not exposed  to  material  future  earnings  or cash  flow
exposures from changes in interest rates on long-term debt obligations since the
majority of the Company's long-term debt obligations are fixed rate. At June 30,
1999,  the fair value of the Company's  long-term  debt was estimated to be $2.2
billion based on the overall  weighted  average rate of the Company's  long-term
debt of 6.8% and an overall weighted  maturity of 13 years compared to terms and
rates currently available in long-term  financing markets.  For purposes hereof,
market  risk  is  estimated  as the  potential  decrease  in fair  value  of the
Company's  long-term debt  resulting  from a  hypothetical  increase of 68 basis
points in interest rates (which  represents ten percent of the Company's overall
weighted  average  borrowing  rate).  Such an increase  in interest  rates would
result in approximately a $104.6 million decrease in fair value of the Company's
long-term  debt.  The Company is currently not  evaluating the future use of any
derivative  financial  instruments;   however,  it is possible that  such
instruments  may be utilized in connection  with  financing its  acquisitions
of local  exchange assets in Arkansas and Missouri.


                           PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

                                CENTURYTEL, INC.


Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

       At the Company's  annual  meeting of  shareholders  on May 6,  1999,  the
shareholders  elected  five Class II  directors  to serve  until the 2002 annual
meeting  of  shareholders  and  until  their  successors  are duly  elected  and
qualified and approved the proposals set forth in the Company's  proxy statement
dated March 16, 1999.

       The following number of votes  were cast for or were  withheld  from the
following nominees:

      Class II Nominees                 For                    Withheld
      -----------------                 ---                    --------

      Virginia Boulet                146,421,022               3,553,720
      Ernest Butler, Jr.             145,694,683               4,280,059
      James B. Gardner               147,149,530               2,825,212
      R. L. Hargrove, Jr.            146,658,342               3,316,400
      Johnny Hebert                  145,225,126               4,749,616

       The Class I and Class III directors whose terms continued after the
meeting are:

           Class I                        Class III
           -------                        ---------

      William R. Boles, Jr.             Calvin Czeschin
      W. Bruce Hanks                   F. Earl Hogan
      C. G. Melville, Jr.               Harvey P. Perry
      Glen F. Post, III.                Jim D. Reppond
      Clarke M. Williams

       The following number of votes were cast in the manner indicated below
with respect to the following proposals:

       1.  Proposal to increase the number of authorized shares of common
           stock from 175 million to 350 million.

                For           Against          Abstain         Broker No-Votes
            -----------      ---------         -------         ---------------
            146,065,346      3,519,491         389,905                0

       2.  Proposal to change the Company's name to CenturyTel, Inc.

                For           Against          Abstain         Broker No-Votes
            -----------      ---------         -------         ---------------
            147,704,657      1,966,025         304,060                0

Item 6.    Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

    A. Exhibits
       --------

       3(i)   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant,
              dated as of May 6, 1999.

       4.1    Amendment No.1 to Rights Agreement, dated May 25, 1999,
              incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2(ii) to Registrant's
              Report on Form 8-K dated May 25, 1999.

       11     Computations of Earnings Per Share.

       27.1   Financial Data Schedule as of and for the six months ended
              June 30, 1999.

       99     Asset Purchase Agreement between Registrant and affiliates of
              GTE, dated June 29, 1999.

              Pursuant to the regulations of the Securities and Exchange
              Commission,  all  schedules  and exhibits to the  foregoing
              agreement have been intentionally omitted from this report.
              The foregoing  agreement contains a complete listing of all
              schedules and exhibits.  The  registrant  agrees to furnish
              supplementary a copy of any omitted  schedule or exhibit to
              the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

    B. Reports on Form 8-K
       -------------------

       (i)    The following item was reported in the Form 8-K filed April
              30, 1999:

              Item 5. Other events - News release announcing first
              quarter results of operations.

       (ii)   The following items were reported in the Form 8-K filed
              May 28, 1999:

              Item 5.  Other Events - (i) adjusted terms of CenturyTel's
              Rights Agreement to reflect the  three-for-two  stock split
              in the form of a 50% stock  dividend  and (ii) an amendment
              to  CenturyTel's   Rights  Agreement  which  increased  the
              purchase price per 1/225 of a Preference  Share from $48.88
              to $135.00.

       (iii)  The following item was reported in the Form 8-K filed
              July 9, 1999:

              Item 5.  Other Events - News release announcing execution
              of a definitive agreement to purchase from an affiliate of
              GTE Corporation assets comprising substantially all of
              GTE's local telephone operations in Arkansas.

       (iv)   The following item was reported in the Form 8-K filed
              July 9,1999:

              Item 5.  Other Events - News release announcing execution of
              a definitive agreement to enter into a strategic partnership
              with various co-investors to purchase telephone access lines
              in Missouri from an affiliate of GTE Corporation.


                                    SIGNATURE


       Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused  this report to be signed on its  behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                                           CenturyTel, Inc.


Date: August 16, 1999                      /s/ Neil A. Sweasy
                                           ----------------------------
                                            Neil A. Sweasy
                                            Vice President and Controller
                                            (Principal Accounting Officer)


                                                                    Exhibit 3(i)


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       of
                                CENTURYTEL, INC.
                 (formerly Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.)

        The undersigned Corporation,  acting through its President and Secretary
and by authority  of its Board of  Directors,  does hereby  certify as of May 6,
1999 that:

        FIRST: The Amended and Restated  Articles of Incorporation  set forth in
Paragraph Fifth below  accurately set forth the articles of incorporation of the
Corporation and all amendments  thereto in effect on the date hereof,  including
the changes made in the manner described in Paragraph Fourth below.

        SECOND: All such amendments have been effected in conformity with law.

        THIRD:  The date of incorporation of the Corporation was April 30, 1968,
and the date of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation is May 6,
1999.

        FOURTH: On February 23, 1999, the Board of Directors of the Corporation,
at a  duly-convened  regular  meeting  of the  Board of  Directors,  unanimously
adopted resolutions to (i) amend the Corporation's  articles of incorporation to
increase the number of authorized shares of the  Corporation's  common stock and
to change the Corporation's name and (ii) restate the Corporation's  articles of
incorporation,  in each case in the manner  described  further below.  On May 6,
1999,  the   shareholders  of  the  Corporation,   at  a  duly-convened   annual
shareholders'  meeting at which there were present or duly  represented a quorum
of the holders of the Corporation's  total voting power,  adopted resolutions to
amend the Corporation's articles of incorporation as in effect prior to the date
thereof,   with  each  such  resolution  receiving  not  less  than  146,065,346
affirmative  votes,  not more than  3,519,491  negative  votes and not more than
389,905 votes as to which the  shareholders  abstained from voting.  Pursuant to
these  proceedings,  the  Corporation's  articles  of  incorporation  have  been
modified to (i) amend Article III(A) to increase the number of authorized shares
of common stock from 175 million to 350 million,  (ii) amend Article I to change
the Corporation's name from Century Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc. to CenturyTel,
Inc.,  and  (iii)  restate  the  articles  of   incorporation   to  reflect  the
above-described  amendments,  to  delete  paragraph  F  of  Article  III,  which
heretofore set forth the terms of the Corporation's Series K Preferred Stock, to
amend Article III(F)(2)  (heretofore  numbered Article III(G)(2)) to clarify the
ranking of the  Series L  Preferred  Stock,  and to  renumber  the  articles  of
incorporation to reflect the deleted sections.

        FIFTH:  The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the
Corporation are as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                      Name

        The name of this Corporation is CenturyTel, Inc.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                     Purpose

        The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful activity for
which corporations may  be formed under the Business Corporation Law of
Louisiana.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                     Capital

        A.   Authorized Stock. The Corporation shall be authorized to issue an
aggregate of 352 million shares of capital stock, of which 350 million shares
shall be Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share, and two million shares shall
be Preferred Stock, $25.00 par value per share.

        B.   Preferred Stock. (1) The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to
time in one or more series.

             (2) In respect to any series of Preferred Stock, the Board of
Directors is hereby authorized to fix or alter the dividend rights, dividend
rates, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption
(including sinking fund provisions), the redemption price or prices, and the
liquidation preferences of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock,
and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation
thereof, or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of shares of
any series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series, but not below the
number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares
of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall
resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution
originally  fixing the number of shares of such series. In addition thereto the
Board of Directors shall have such other powers with respect to the Preferred
Stock and any series  thereof as shall be permitted by applicable law.

             (3) No full dividend for any quarterly dividend period may be
declared or paid on shares of any series of Preferred Stock unless the full
dividend for that period shall be concurrently declared or paid on all serie
of Preferred Stock outstanding in accordance with the terms of each series.
If there are any accumulated dividends accrued or in arrears on any share of any
series of Preferred Stock those dividends shall be paid in full before any full
dividend shall be paid on any other series of Preferred Stock. If less than a
full dividend is to be paid, the amount of the dividend to be distributed shall
be divided among the shares of Preferred Stock for which dividends are accrued
or in arrears in proportion to the aggregate amounts which would be
distributable to those holders of Preferred Stock if full cumulative dividends
had previously been paid thereon in accordance with the terms of each series.

        C.   Voting Rights.  Each share of Common Stock and each outstanding
share of the Series H Preferred Stock ("Voting Preferred Stock") which has  been
beneficially  owned  continuously  by the same  person  since May 30,  1987 will
entitle  such  person to ten votes with  respect  to such  share on each  matter
properly  submitted  to the  shareholders  of the  Corporation  for their  vote,
consent,  waiver,  release or other  action when the holders of Common Stock and
voting shares of Preferred Stock vote together with respect to such matter.

             (2) (a)  For purposes of this paragraph C, a change in beneficial
ownership of a share of the Corporation's stock shall be deemed to have occurred
whenever  a change  occurs in any person or group of persons  who,  directly  or
indirectly, through any contract,  arrangement,  understanding,  relationship or
otherwise has or shares voting  power,  which  includes the power to vote, or to
direct the voting of, such share;  investment power, which includes the power to
direct  the sale or other  disposition  of such  share;  the right to receive or
retain the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of such share; or the right
to receive distributions, including cash dividends, in respect to such share.

                 (b) In the absence of proof to the contrary provided in
accordance with the procedures referred to in subparagraph (4) of this paragraph
C, a change in beneficial  ownership shall be deemed to have occurred whenever a
share of stock is transferred of record into the name of any other person.

                 (c) In the case of a share of Common Stock or Voting Preferred
Stock held of record in the name of a corporation,  general partnership, limited
partnership,  voting trustee,  bank, trust company,  broker, nominee or clearing
agency,  or in any  other  name  except  a  natural  person,  if it has not been
established pursuant to the procedures referred to in subparagraph (4) that such
share was beneficially  owned  continuously since May 30, 1987 by the person who
possesses all of the attributes of beneficial  ownership  referred to in clauses
(i) through (iv) of subparagraph (2)(a) of this paragraph C with respect to such
share of Common Stock or Voting Preferred Stock, then such share of Common Stock
or Voting  Preferred  Stock shall carry with it only one vote regardless of when
record ownership of such share was acquired.

                 (d) In the case of a share of stock held of record in the name
of any person as trustee,  agent,  guardian or custodian under the Uniform Gifts
to Minors Act, the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act or any comparable  statute as
in effect in any state, a change in beneficial ownership shall be deemed to have
occurred  whenever  there is a change  in the  beneficiary  of such  trust,  the
principal  of such agent,  the ward of such  guardian or the minor for whom such
custodian is acting.

             (3) Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph C to the contrary,
no change in beneficial ownership shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a
result of:

                 (a) any event that occurred prior to May 30, 1987, including
contracts   providing   for  options,   rights  of  first  refusal  and  similar
arrangements,  in  existence on such date to which any holder of shares of stock
is a party;

                 (b) any transfer of any interest in shares of stock pursuant to
a bequest or inheritance,  by operation of law upon the death of any individual,
or by any other transfer without valuable  consideration,  including a gift that
is made in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this paragraph C;

                 (c) any change in the beneficiary of any trust, or any distri-
bution of a share of stock from trust, by reason of the birth,  death,  marriage
or divorce of any natural  person,  the adoption of any natural  person prior to
age 18 or the passage of a given period of time or the attainment by any natural
person of a specified age, or the creation or termination of any guardianship or
custodian arrangement; or

                 (d) any appointment of a successor trustee, agent, guardian or
custodian  with respect to a share of stock.

             (4) For purposes of this paragraph C, all determinations concerning
changes in  beneficial  ownership,  or the absence of any such change,  shall be
made  by  the  Corporation.  Written  procedures  designed  to  facilitate  such
determinations  shall be established by the Corporation and refined from time to
time. Such procedures shall provide,  among other things, the manner of proof of
facts  that will be  accepted  and the  frequency  with  which such proof may be
required to be renewed. The Corporation and any transfer agent shall be entitled
to rely on all information  concerning  beneficial ownership of a share of stock
coming to their attention from any source and in any manner reasonably deemed by
them to be reliable, but neither the Corporation nor any transfer agent shall be
charged with any other knowledge  concerning the beneficial ownership of a share
of stock.

             (5)  Each share of Common Stock acquired by reason of any stock
split or dividend  shall be deemed to have been  beneficially  owned by the same
person continuously from the same date as that on which beneficial  ownership of
the share of Common Stock,  with respect to which such share of Common Stock was
distributed, was acquired.

             (6)  Each share of Common Stock acquired upon conversion of the
outstanding  Series H Preferred Stock of the Corporation  ("Convertible  Stock")
shall be deemed to have been beneficially owned by the same person  continuously
from the date on which such person acquired the Convertible Stock converted into
such share of Common Stock.

             (7)  Where a holder beneficially owns shares having ten votes per
share and shares having one vote per share, and transfers  beneficial  ownership
of less than all of the shares held, the shares  transferred  shall be deemed to
consist,  in the absence of evidence to the  contrary,  of the shares having one
vote per share.

             (8)  Shares of Common Stock held by the Corporation's employee
benefit plans will be deemed to be beneficially  owned by such plans  regardless
of how such shares are allocated to or voted by  participants,  until the shares
are actually distributed to participants.

             (9)  Each share of Common Stock, whether at any particular time the
holder  thereof is entitled to exercise ten votes or one,  shall be identical to
all other shares of Common Stock in all other respects.

             (10) Each share of Voting Preferred Stock, whether at any
particular  time the holder  thereof is entitled  to exercise  ten votes or one,
shall be identical in all other respects to all other shares of Voting Preferred
Stock in the same designated series.

             (11) Each share of Common Stock issued by the Corporation in a
business combination transaction shall be deemed to have been beneficially owned
by the person who received such share in the  transaction  continuously  for the
shortest  period,  as determined  in good faith by the Board of Directors,  that
would be  permitted  for the  transaction  to be  accounted  for as a pooling of
interests,  provided that the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has made
a good  faith  determination  that such  transaction  has a bona  fide  business
purpose,  it is in the best interests of the  Corporation  and its  shareholders
that such transaction be accounted for as a pooling of interests under generally
accepted  accounting  principals and such issuance of Common Stock does not have
the effect of nullifying or materially  restricting or disparately  reducing the
per share voting rights of holders of an outstanding  class or classes of voting
stock of the Corporation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Corporation shall
not issue shares in a business  combination  transaction  if such issuance would
result in a violation of any rule or  regulation  regarding the per share voting
rights of  publicly-traded  securities that is promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  or the  principal  exchange upon which the Common Stock is
then listed for trading and nothing  herein shall be  interpreted to require the
Corporation  to  account  for  any  business  combination   transaction  in  any
particular manner.

       D.    Non-Assessability; Transfers; Pre-emptive Rights.  The stock of
this Corporation shall be fully paid and non-assessable when issued and shall be
personal  property.  No  transfer  of such  stock  shall be  binding  upon  this
Corporation  unless such transfer is made in accordance  with these Articles and
the  by-laws of this  Corporation  and duly  recorded in the books  thereof.  No
stockholder  shall  have  any  pre-emptive  right  to  subscribe  to  any or all
additions to the stock of this Corporation.

       E.    Series H Preferred Stock. The Corporation's Preferred Stock, Series
H ("Series H Shares"),  shall  consist of 20,000  shares of  Preferred  Stock.

             (1)  Holders of the outstanding Series H Shares shall be  entitled
to one vote per share thereof, voting with holders of shares of Common Stock and
with holders of other voting shares of Preferred Stock as a single class, except
as to those matters on which holders of Preferred  Stock or a particular  series
thereof are required by applicable law to vote separately; and shall be entitled
to receive,  out of any funds legally available therefor,  dividends at the rate
of 7% per  annum  of the  part  value  thereof,  and no  more,  payable  in cash
quarterly on the last day of March, June, September,  and December in each year,
commencing  1975,  when  and  as  declared  by the  Board  of  Directors  of the
Corporation.  Dividends  shall accrue on each share of Series H from the date of
its original issuance and shall accrue from day to day, whether or not earned or
declared.  Dividends  shall be cumulative so that if dividends in respect of any
previously  quarterly dividend period at the prescribed rate per annum shall not
have been paid on or  declared  and set or apart for all  Series H Shares at the
time  outstanding,  the  deficiency  shall be fully paid on or declared  and set
apart for said shares before any dividend or other distribution shall be paid on
or declared or set apart for shares of Common Stock.

             (2)  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
this  Corporation,  the holders of Series H Shares shall be entitled to receive,
pro rata with all other holders of Preferred  Stock of whatever  series,  to the
extent available out of the assets of this Corporation,  whether such assets are
capital  or  surplus  of any  nature,  an amount  equal to the par value of such
Preferred  Stock,  and in  addition  thereto,  a  further  amount  equal  to the
dividends unpaid and accumulated  thereon, to the date that payment is earned or
declared or not,  and no more,  before any  payment  shall be made or any assets
distributed  to the holders of Common Stock. A  consolidation  or merger of this
Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations, or a sale of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not be deemed to be
a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, within the meaning of this paragraph.

             (3)  The holders of Series H Shares shall have conversion rights as
follows:

                  (a) The Series H Shares shall be convertible, at the option of
the respective holders thereof, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer
agent for such shares, into fully paid and non-assessable  shares (calculated to
the nearest whole share, fractions of a share being disregarded) of Common Stock
of the  Corporation,  at the  conversion  rate  of one  and  twelve  thirteenths
(1-12/13ths)  shares of Common  Stock for each  Series H Share  converted.  Such
conversion  rate  shall be subject  to  adjustment  from time to time in certain
instances,  as hereinafter  provided.  The Corporation  shall make no payment or
adjustment  on  account  of  any  dividends  accrued  on  the  Series  H  Shares
surrendered for conversion.

                  (b) Before any holder of Series H Shares shall be entitled to
convert  the  same in  Common  Stock,  he shall  surrender  the  certificate  or
certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any
transfer  agent for the Series H Shares,  and shall give  written  notice to the
Corporation at such office that he elects to convert the same and shall state in
writing  therein  the  name or  names in which  he  wishes  the  certificate  or
certificates  for Common Stock to be issued.  The Corporation  shall, as soon as
practicable  thereafter,  issue and  deliver  at such  office to such  holder of
Series H Shares,  or to his nominee or nominees,  certificates for the number of
full shares of Common Stock to which he shall be entitled,  as  aforesaid.  Such
conversion  shall be deemed to have been made as of the date of surrender of the
Series H Shares to be converted,  and the person or persons  entitled to receive
the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes
as the record holder or holders of that Common Stock on said date.

                  (c) In case the Corporation shall at any time subdivide the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, or shall issue as a dividend on Common Stock
such  number of shares of Common  Stock as shall equal 10% or more of the number
of shares of Common Stock outstanding  immediately prior to the issuance of such
dividend,  the conversion price in effect  immediately prior to such subdivision
or the issuance of such dividend shall be proportionately decreased, and in case
the  Corporation  shall at any time  combine  the  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock,  the conversion  price in effect  immediately  prior to such  combination
shall be  proportionately  increased,  effective at the close of business on the
date of such subdivision, dividend or combination, as the case may be.

                  (d) No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon
the  conversion  of Series H Shares.  If any  fractional  interest in a share of
Common  Stock  would,  except  for the  provisions  of this  paragraph  (d),  be
deliverable  upon  conversion  hereunder,  the  Corporation  shall  adjust  such
fractional  interest by  rounding  off said  fractional  interest to the nearest
whole number of shares of Common Stock.

                  (e) Whenever the conversion is adjusted, as herein provided,
the  Corporation  shall  forthwith  maintain  at its  office  and file  with the
transfer agents for Series H Shares,  if any, a statement signed by the Chairman
of the Board, or the President,  or a Vice President of the Corporation,  and by
its Treasurer or an Assistant  Treasurer,  showing in detail the facts requiring
such adjustment and the conversion  price after such  adjustment.  Such transfer
agent shall be under no duty or responsibility with resect to any such statement
except to  exhibit  the same from time to time to any  holder of Series H Shares
desiring an inspection thereof.

                  (f) In case of any capital reorganization or any reclass-
ification  of  the  capital  stock  of  the   Corporation  or  in  case  of  the
consolidation or merger of the Corporation  with or into another  corporation or
the conveyance of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the Corporation to
another  corporation,  each Series H Share shall  thereafter be convertible into
the number of shares of stock or other  securities or property to which a holder
of the  number of shares of Common  Stock of the  Corporation  deliverable  upon
conversion  of  such  Series  H  Shares  would  have  been  entitled  upon  such
reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation, merger or conveyance; and, in
any such case,  appropriate adjustment (as determined by the Board of Directors)
shall be made in the application of the provisions herein set forth with respect
to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series H Shares, to
the end that the provisions set forth herein (including  provisions with respect
to changes in and other adjustments of the conversion price) shall thereafter be
applicable,  as nearly as reasonably  may be, in relation to any shares of stock
or other  property  thereafter  deliverable  upon the conversion of the Series H
Shares.

                  (g)  In case:

                       1.  the Corporation shall take a record of the holders
of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend,  or
any other distribution, payable otherwise than in cash; or

                       2. the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of
its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling  them to subscribe for or purchase
any shares of stock of any class or to receive any other rights; or

                       3. of any capital  reorganization of the Corporation,
reclassification  of  the  capital  stock  of  the  Corporation  (other  than  a
subdivision  or  combination  of  its  outstanding   shares  of  Common  Stock),
consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation,  or
conveyance  of all or  substantially  all of the  assets of the  Corporation  to
another corporation; or

                       4. of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liqui-
dation  or  winding  up of the  Corporation;  then,  and in any such  case,  the
Corporation shall cause to be mailed to the holders of record of the outstanding
Series H Shares,  at least 10 days prior to the date  hereinafter  specified,  a
notice  stating the date on which (i) a record is to be taken for the purpose of
such  dividend,   distribution,   or  rights,  or  (ii)  such  reclassification,
reorganization,  consolidation,  merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or
winding  up is to take  place and the date,  if any is to be fixed,  as of which
holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange  their shares of
Common  Stock  for   securities  or  other   property   deliverable   upon  such
reclassification,    reorganization,    consolidation,    merger,    conveyance,
dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

                  (h)  The  Corporation  shall at all times reserve and keep
available,  out of its  authorized  but unissued  Common  Stock,  solely for the
purpose of effecting the  conversion of the Series H Shares,  the full number of
shares of Common Stock  deliverable  upon the  conversion of all Series H Shares
from time to time outstanding.

                  (i)  The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other
taxes  that may be payable  in  respect  to any issue or  delivery  of shares of
Common Stock or conversion of Series H Shares pursuant  hereto.  The Corporation
shall not,  however,  be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect
of any transfer  involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in
a name  other  than  that in  which  the  Series  H  Shares  so  converted  were
registered,  and no such issue or  delivery  shall be made  unless and until the
person  requesting such issue has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such
tax, or has established,  to the satisfaction of the Corporation,  that such tax
has been paid.

                  (j)  All certificates of the Series H Shares surrendered for
conversion shall be appropriately cancelled on the books of the Corporation, and
the shares so converted  represented by such  certificates  shall be restored to
the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation without
designation as to series.

       F.    Series L Preferred Stock.  The Corporation's  5% Cumulative
Convertible  Series L  Preferred  Stock  ("Series  L Shares")  shall  consist of
325,000  shares of  Preferred  Stock  having the  preferences,  limitations  and
relative rights set forth below.

             (1) Voting  Rights.  Holders of the Series L Shares shall be
entitled  to cast one vote per share,  voting  with  holders of shares of Common
Stock and with  holders of other  series of voting  preferred  stock as a single
class on any matter to come  before a meeting of the  shareholders,  except with
respect  to the  casting of  ballots  on those  matters  as to which  holders of
Preferred  Stock or a  particular  series  thereof  are  required by law to vote
separately.

             (2) Rank.  The Series L Shares shall, with respect to dividend
rights and rights upon  liquidation,  dissolution  and winding up, rank prior to
the Common Stock and pari passu with respect to the Series H Shares.  All equity
securities of the  Corporation to which the Series L Shares rank prior,  whether
with respect to dividends or upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding-up  or
otherwise,  including the Common Stock, are  collectively  referred to herein as
the "Junior Securities"; all equity securities of the Corporation with which the
Series L Shares rank pari passu, including the Series H Shares, are collectively
referred to herein as the "Parity  Securities";  and all other equity securities
of the  Corporation  (other than any convertible  debt  securities) to which the
Series L Shares ranks junior are collectively  referred to herein as the "Senior
Securities."  The  preferences,  limitations and relative rights of the Series L
Shares shall be subject to the  preferences,  limitations and relative rights of
the Junior Securities,  Parity Securities and Senior Securities issued after the
Series L Shares are issued.

             (3) Dividends.

                 (a)   The holders of record of the Series L Shares shall be
entitled to receive,  when,  as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of
funds of the Corporation legally available therefor,  an annual cash dividend of
$1.25 on each  Series L Share,  payable  quarterly  on each  March 31,  June 30,
September 30 and  December 31 on which any Series L Shares shall be  outstanding
(each a "Dividend Due Date"),  commencing  on the first such date  following the
issuance of the Series L Shares.  Dividends  on each Series L Share shall accrue
and be cumulative from and after the date of issuance of such Series L Share and
dividends  payable for any partial  quarterly  period shall be calculated on the
basis of a year of 360 days consisting of twelve 30-day months.  Dividends shall
be payable to the  holders of record as they appear on the  Corporation's  stock
transfer  books at the close of business  on the record  date for such  payment,
which  the  Board of  Directors  shall fix not more than 60 days or less than 10
days preceding a Dividend Due Date.  Holders of the Series L Shares shall not be
entitled to any dividends, whether paid in cash, property or stock, in excess of
the  cumulative  dividends  as provided in this  paragraph  (a) and shall not be
entitled to any interest thereon.

                 (b)   Unless all cumulative dividends accrued on the Series L
Shares have been or  contemporaneously  are  declared and paid or declared and a
sum set apart  sufficient  for such  payment  through the most  recent  Dividend
Payment  Date,  then  (i)  except  as  provided  below,  no  dividend  or  other
distribution  shall be  declared  or paid or set apart for payment on any Parity
Securities,  (ii) no dividend or other distribution shall be declared or paid or
set aside for  payment  upon the Junior  Securities  (other  than a dividend  or
distribution paid in shares of, or warrants,  rights or options  exercisable for
or convertible into, Junior  Securities) and (iii) no Junior Securities shall be
redeemed,  purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration,  nor shall any
monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any
Junior  Securities,  except by  conversion  of  Junior  Securities  into,  or by
exchange of Junior  Securities  for,  other  Junior  Securities.  If any accrued
dividends  are not paid or set apart with respect to the Series L Shares and any
Parity  Securities,  all dividends  declared with respect to the Series L Shares
and any Parity  Securities shall be declared pro rata on a share-by-share  basis
among all Series L Shares and Parity Securities outstanding at the time.

             (4) Conversion.  Each Series L Share shall be  convertible,  at any
time,  at the option of the holder  thereof  into that  number of fully paid and
nonassessable  shares of the Common  Stock  obtained by  dividing  $25.00 by the
Conversion  Price then in effect under the terms of this  subsection (4). Unless
and until  changed in  accordance  with the terms of this  subsection  (4),  the
Conversion  Price shall be $41.25.  In order for a holder of the Series L Shares
to effect  such  conversion,  the holder  shall  deliver to KeyCorp  Shareholder
Services,  Inc., Dallas,  Texas, or such other agent as may be designated by the
Board of Directors as the transfer  agent for the Series L Shares (the "Transfer
Agent"), the certificates  representing such shares in accordance with paragraph
(b) below accompanied by written notice jointly addressed to the Corporation and
the Transfer  Agent that the holder  thereof  elects to convert such shares or a
specified portion thereof. Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected
immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which the certificates
representing  the Series L Shares being  converted  shall have been delivered to
the Transfer  Agent in accordance  with each term and condition of paragraph (b)
below,  accompanied by the written notice jointly  addressed to the  Corporation
and the Transfer  Agent of such  conversion  (the  "Conversion  Date"),  and the
person or persons in whose names any certificate or  certificates  for shares of
Common  Stock shall be  issuable  upon such  conversion  shall be deemed to have
become the holder or holders of record of the Common Stock  represented  thereby
at such time. As of the close of business on the  Conversion  Date, the Series L
Shares shall be deemed to cease to be  outstanding  and all rights of any holder
thereof  shall be  extinguished  except for the rights  arising under the Common
Stock issued in exchange  therefor  and the right to receive  accrued and unpaid
dividends  on such  Series L Shares  through  the  Conversion  Date on the terms
specified in paragraph (c) below.

                 (b)   In connection with surrendering to the Transfer Agent the
certificates representing (or formerly representing) Series L Shares, the holder
shall furnish the Transfer Agent with transfer  instruments  satisfactory to the
Corporation  and  sufficient to transfer the Series L Shares being  converted to
the  Corporation  free  of any  adverse  interest  or  claims.  As  promptly  as
practicable  after the surrender of the Series L Shares in accordance  with this
paragraph and any other  requirement under this subsection (4), the Corporation,
acting directly or through the Transfer  Agent,  shall issue and deliver to such
holder certificates for the number of whole shares of Common Stock issuable upon
the conversion of such shares in accordance  with the  provisions  hereof (along
with any interest payment  specified in paragraph (a) above and any cash payment
in lieu of fractional  shares  specified in paragraph  (d) below).  Certificates
will be issued for the balance of any  remaining  Series L Shares in any case in
which fewer than all of the Series L Shares are converted.  Any conversion under
paragraph  (a)  shall be  effected  at the  Conversion  Price in  effect  on the
Conversion Date.

                 (c)   If the  Conversion  Date with  respect to any Series L
Share  occurs after any record date with respect to the payment of a dividend on
the Series L Shares (the "Dividend Record Date") and on or prior to the Dividend
Due Date,  then (i) the dividend due on such  Dividend Due Date shall be payable
to the holder of record of such share as of the  Dividend  Record  Date and (ii)
the dividend that accrues from the close of business on the Dividend Record Date
through  the  Conversion  Date  shall be payable to the holder of record of such
share as of the Conversion  Date.  Except as provided in this subsection (4), no
payment  or  adjustment  shall be made upon any  conversion  on  account  of any
dividends accrued on Series L Shares surrendered for conversion or on account of
any dividends on the Common Stock issued upon conversion.

                 (d)   No fractional interest in a share of Common Stock shall
be issued by the Corporation  upon the conversion of any Series L Share. In lieu
of any such fractional interest,  the holder that would otherwise be entitled to
such fractional  interest shall receive a cash payment  (computed to the nearest
cent) equal to such fraction multiplied by the market value of a share of Common
Stock,  which shall be deemed to equal the last reported per share sale price of
Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") (or, if the Common Stock is
not then  traded on the NYSE,  the last  reported  per share  sale price on such
other  national  securities  exchange  on which  the  Common  Stock is listed or
admitted  to  trading  or, if not then  listed or  admitted  to  trading  on any
national securities exchange,  the last quoted bid price in the over-the-counter
market as reported by the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.
Automated  Quotation  System  ("NASDAQ"),  or any  similar  system of  automated
dissemination of securities  prices) on the trading day immediately prior to the
Conversion Date.

                 (e)  The Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time
as follows:

                      1.  If the  Corporation  effects any (i) dividend or other
distribution  upon or in  redemption  of the Common Stock payable in the form of
shares of capital stock of the Corporation or any of its  subsidiaries or in the
form of any other  property  (other  than cash  dividends  paid in the  ordinary
course),  (ii) combination of outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a smaller
number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock,  (iii)  split  or  other  subdivision  of
outstanding  shares of  Common  Stock  into a larger  number of shares of Common
Stock, or (iv) reorganization,  exchange or reclassification of Common Stock, or
any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with another corporation,  or the
sale of all or substantially  all of its assets to another  corporation,  or any
other transaction  effected in a manner such that holders of outstanding  Common
Stock  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  (either  directly,  or upon  subsequent
liquidation) stock,  securities or other property with respect to or in exchange
for Common Stock (a  "Diluting  Event"),  then as a condition  of such  Diluting
Event, lawful, appropriate,  equitable and adequate adjustments shall be made to
the Conversion Price whereby the holders of the Series L Shares shall thereafter
be  entitled  to receive  (under the same terms  otherwise  applicable  to their
receipt of the Common Stock upon conversion of the Series L Shares),  in lieu of
or in  addition  to, as the case may be,  the  number of shares of Common  Stock
issuable under this  subsection  (4), such shares of stock,  securities or other
property as may be issued or payable  with  respect to or in  exchange  for that
number of shares of Common  Stock to which such  holders of Series L Shares were
so  entitled  under  this  subsection  (4),  and in any such  case  appropriate,
equitable  and  adequate  adjustments  shall  also be  made  to  such  resulting
consideration in like manner in connection with any subsequent  Diluting Events.
It is the intention of the parties that the  foregoing  shall have the effect of
entitling  such  holders of Series L Shares to receive  upon the due exercise of
their  conversion  rights under this  subsection (4) such stock,  securities and
other property  (other than cash dividends paid in the ordinary  course) as such
holders would have received had they held the Common Stock  issuable  under this
subsection (4) (or any replacement or additional stock,  securities or property,
as applicable) on the record date of such Diluting Event.

                      2.  No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be
required  unless  such  adjustment  would  require an increase or decrease of at
least 5% of such price.

                      3.  Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted as herein
provided,  the  Corporation  shall  promptly  deliver to the  Transfer  Agent an
officer's  certificate  setting forth the Conversion Price after such adjustment
and setting  forth a brief  statement of the facts  requiring  such  adjustment,
which certificate shall constitute  conclusive evidence,  absent manifest error,
of  the  correctness  of  such  adjustment.  Promptly  after  delivery  of  such
certificate,  the Corporation  shall prepare and mail a notice to each holder of
Series L Shares at each such  holder's  last  address as the same appears on the
books of the Corporation,  which notice shall set forth the Conversion Price and
a brief  statement of the facts  requiring  the  adjustment.  The failure of the
Corporation to take any such action shall not invalidate any corporate action by
the Corporation.

                 (f)  The  Corporation  covenants  that (A) all shares of Common
Stock that may be issued upon  conversions of Series L Shares will upon issue be
duly and validly issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable,  and free of all liens,
charges or  preemptive  rights,  and (B) it will at all times  reserve  and keep
available,  free from preemptive  rights, out of the aggregate of its authorized
but unissued shares of Common Stock or its issued shares of Common Stock held in
its  treasury,  or both,  for the purpose of effecting  conversions  of Series L
Shares,  the  whole  number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  deliverable  upon the
conversion of all outstanding Series L Shares not theretofore converted.

            (5)  Liquidation  Preference. (a)  Upon any voluntary or involuntary
dissolution,liquidation,  or winding up of the Corporation  (for the purposes of
this  subsection (5), a  "Liquidation"),  the holder of each Series L Share then
outstanding  shall be entitled  to be paid out of the assets of the  Corporation
available for distribution to its shareholders, an amount equal to $25 per share
plus all  dividends  (whether or not declared or due) accrued and unpaid on such
share on the date fixed for the distribution of assets of the Corporation to the
holders  of  Series  L  Shares.   With  respect  to  the   distribution  of  the
Corporation's assets upon a Liquidation, the Series L Shares shall rank prior to
Junior  Securities,  pari  passu with the  Parity  Securities  and junior to the
Senior Securities.

                 (b)  If upon any Liquidation of the Corporation, the assets
available  for  distribution  to the  holders  of Series L Shares and any Parity
Securities then outstanding shall be insufficient to pay in full the liquidation
distributions  to  the  holders  of  outstanding  Series  L  Shares  and  Parity
Securities in accordance with the terms of these Articles of Incorporation, then
the holders of such shares shall share ratably in such distribution of assets in
accordance  with the amount  that would be payable on such  distribution  if the
amounts to which the  holders of the Series L Shares and Parity  Securities  are
entitled were paid in full.

                 (c)  Neither the voluntary sale, conveyance,  lease, pledge,
exchange or transfer of all or  substantially  all the property or assets of the
Corporation,  the merger or  consolidation  of the Corporation  into or with any
other corporation,  the merger of any other corporation into the Corporation,  a
share  exchange  with any other  corporation,  nor any purchase or redemption of
some or all of the  shares of any  class or series of stock of the  Corporation,
shall be deemed to be a Liquidation of the  Corporation for the purposes of this
subsection  (5)  (unless  in  connection   therewith  the   Liquidation  of  the
Corporation is specifically approved).

                 (d)  The holder of any Series L Shares shall not be entitled to
receive any payment  owed for such shares under this  subsection  (5) until such
holder  shall  cause to be  delivered  to the  Corporation  the  certificate  or
certificates   representing  such  Series  L  Shares  and  transfer  instruments
satisfactory  to the Corporation and sufficient to transfer such Series L Shares
to the Corporation free of any adverse interest. No interest shall accrue on any
payment upon Liquidation after the due date thereof.

                 (e)  After payment of the full amount of the liquidating
distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of Series L Shares will not
be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the
Corporation.

            (6)  Preemptive Rights.  The Series L Shares is not entitled to any
preemptive or subscription rights in respect of any securities of the
Corporation.


        G.  Series BB Preference Stock. The Corporation's Series BB Parti-
cipating  Cumulative  Preference  Stock  shall  consist of  1,000,000  shares of
Preferred  Stock having the  preferences,  limitations  and relative  rights set
forth below.  Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by  resolution
of the Board of Directors;  provided, however, that no decrease shall reduce the
number of shares of Series BB  Participating  Cumulative  Preference  Stock to a
number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares
reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options or rights or upon
the  conversion  of  any  outstanding   securities  issued  by  the  Corporation
convertible into Series BB Participating Cumulative Preference Stock.

            (1)  The holders of Series BB Participating Cumulative Preference
Stock shall have the following dividend rights.

                 (a)  Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any
series of Preferred  Stock (or any similar  stock) ranking prior and superior to
the  Series  BB  Participating  Cumulative  Preference  Stock  with  respect  to
dividends,   the  holders  of  shares  of  Series  BB  Participating  Cumulative
Preference  Stock shall be entitled to receive,  when, as and if declared by the
Board of Directors  out of funds legally  available  for the purpose,  quarterly
dividends  payable in cash on the  fifteenth day of March,  June,  September and
December in each year (each such date being  referred to herein as a  "Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date
after  the  first  issuance  of a share  or  fraction  of a share of  Series  BB
Participating  Cumulative  Preference  Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to
the  nearest  cent)  equal to the  greater of (a)  $10.00 or (b)  subject to the
provision  for  adjustment  hereinafter  set forth,  100 times the aggregate per
share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount
(payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other  distributions other than a
dividend  payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the  outstanding
shares of Common  Stock (by  reclassification  or  otherwise),  declared  on the
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation (the "Common Stock")
since the  immediately  preceding  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date,  or, with
respect to the first Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date, since the first issuance
of any  share or  fraction  of a share of  Series  BB  Participating  Cumulative
Preference  Stock. In the event the  Corporation  shall at any time after August
27,  1996 (the  "Right  Declaration  Date") (i)  declare or pay any  dividend on
Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock,  (ii) subdivide the  outstanding
Common  Stock,  or (iii)  combine the  outstanding  Common  Stock into a smaller
number of shares,  then in each such case the amount to which  holders of shares
of Series BB Participating Cumulative Preference Stock were entitled immediately
prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted
by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of
shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately  after  such  event  and the
denominator  of  which is the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  that  were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

                 (b)  The Corporation  shall declare a dividend or distribution
on the  Series BB  Participating  Cumulative  Preference  Stock as  provided  in
paragraph (a) above  immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on
the Common  Stock  (other  than a dividend  payable in shares of Common  Stock);
provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared
on the Common Stock during the period  between any  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment
Date and the next  subsequent  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date, a dividend of
$10.00  per share on the Series BB  Participating  Cumulative  Preference  Stock
shall  nevertheless be payable on such  subsequent  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment
Date.

                 (c)  Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on
outstanding shares of Series BB Participating  Cumulative  Preference Stock from
the  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date next  preceding the date of issue of such
shares of Series BB Participating  Cumulative  Preference Stock, unless the date
of issue of such  shares is prior to the  record  date for the  first  Quarterly
Dividend  Payment  Date,  in which case  dividends of such shares shall begin to
accrue from the date of issue of such  shares,  or unless the date of issue is a
Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date or is a date  after the  record  date for the
determination  of  holders  of  shares of  Series  BB  Participating  Cumulative
Preference  Stock  entitled  to receive a  quarterly  dividend  and before  such
Quarterly  Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall
begin to accrue and be cumulative  from such  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date.
Accrued but unpaid  dividends  shall not bear  interest.  Dividends  paid on the
shares of Series BB Participating  Cumulative Preference Stock in an amount less
than the total amount of such  dividends at the time accrued and payable on such
shares  shall be  allocated  pro rata on a  share-by-share  basis among all such
shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for
the  determination  of holders of shares of Series BB  Participating  Cumulative
Preference  Stock  entitled  to receive  payment of a dividend  or  distribution
declared  thereon,  which record date shall be no more than 45 days prior to the
date fixed for the payment thereof.

            (2)  In addition to any voting rights otherwise  required by law,
the holders of shares of Series BB  Participating  Cumulative  Preference  Stock
shall have the following voting rights:

                 (a)  Subject to the provision for adjustment  hereinafter set
forth, each share of Series BB Participating  Cumulative  Preference Stock shall
entitle the holder  thereof to 100 votes on all matters  submitted  to a vote of
the shareholders of the Corporation.  In the event the Corporation  shall at any
time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare or pay any dividend on Common
Stock payable in shares of Common Stock,  (ii) subdivide the outstanding  Common
Stock,  or (iii) combine the  outstanding  Common Stock into a smaller number of
shares, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of
shares of Series BB  Participating  Preference  Stock were entitled  immediately
prior to such event shall be adjusted by  multiplying  such number by a fraction
the  numerator  of which is the  number of shares  of Common  Stock  outstanding
immediately  after  such  event and the  denominator  of which is the  number of
shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

                 (b)  Except as  otherwise  provided in the  Corporation's
Articles  of  Incorporation  or by law,  the  holders  of  shares  of  Series BB
Participating  Cumulative  Preference  Stock and the holders of shares of Common
Stock shall vote  together as one class on all  matters  submitted  to a vote of
stockholders of the Corporation.

                      (c)  (i)   If at any time dividends on any Series BB
Participating Cumulative Preference Stock shall be in arrears in an amount equal
to six quarterly  dividends  thereon,  the occurrence of such contingency  shall
mark the beginning of a period  (herein  called a "default  period") which shall
extend  until such time when all accrued and unpaid  dividends  for all previous
quarterly  dividend periods and for the current quarterly dividend period on all
shares of Series BB Participating  Cumulative  Preference Stock then outstanding
shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment.  During each default
period,  all  holders of  Preferred  Stock  (including  holders of the Series BB
Participating  Cumulative  Preference  Stock)  with  dividends  in arrears in an
amount equal to six quarterly dividends thereon, voting as a class, irrespective
of series, shall have the right to elect two Directors.

                           (ii)  During any default period, such voting right
of the holders of Series BB  Participating  Cumulative  Preference  Stock may be
exercised  initially at a special meeting called pursuant to subparagraph  (iii)
of this Section 2(c) or at any annual meeting of shareholders, and thereafter at
annual meetings of shareholders, provided that neither such voting right nor the
right of the  holders  of any  other  series  of  Preferred  Stock,  if any,  to
increase,  in  certain  cases,  the  authorized  number  of  Directors  shall be
exercised  unless  the  holders  of 10% in number of shares of  Preferred  Stock
outstanding  shall be present in person or by proxy.  The absence of a quorum of
the  holders of Common  Stock  shall not affect the  exercise  by the holders of
Preferred  Stock of such  voting  right.  At any meeting at which the holders of
Preferred  Stock shall exercise such voting right  initially  during an existing
default period, they shall have the right, voting as a class, to elect Directors
to fill such  vacancies,  if any, in the Board of Directors as may then exist up
to two Directors or, if such right is exercised at an annual  meeting,  to elect
two Directors. If the number which may be so elected at any special meeting does
not amount to the required number, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall have
the right to make such increase in the number of Directors as shall be necessary
to permit the election by them of the required number.  After the holders of the
Preferred  Stock  shall have  exercised  their right to elect  Directors  in any
default  period  and  during  the  continuance  of such  period,  the  number of
Directors  shall not be increased or decreased  except by vote of the holders of
Preferred  Stock as herein  provided  or  pursuant  to the  rights of any equity
securities  ranking  senior to or pari passu  with the  Series BB  Participating
Cumulative Preference Stock.

                           (iii) Unless the holders of Preferred Stock shall,
during an existing  default  period,  have  previously  exercised their right to
elect  Directors,  the Board of  Directors  may  order,  or any  shareholder  or
shareholders  owning in the  aggregate  not less than 10% of the total number of
shares of Preferred Stock outstanding,  irrespective of series, may request, the
calling of a special  meeting of the holders of Preferred  Stock,  which meeting
shall  thereupon  be called by the  Chairman of the Board,  the Chief  Executive
Officer,  the President,  a Vice-President  or the Secretary of the Corporation.
Notice of such meeting and of any annual  meeting at which  holders of Preferred
Stock are entitled to vote pursuant to this paragraph (c)(iii) shall be given to
each holder of record of Preferred Stock by mailing a copy of such notice to the
holder the last address appearing on the books of the Corporation.  Such meeting
shall be called for a time not  earlier  than 20 days and not later than 60 days
after such order or request or in default of the calling of such meeting  within
60 days after  such  order or  request,  such  meeting  may be called on similar
notice by any shareholder or shareholders  owning in the aggregate not less than
10%  of  the  total   number  of  shares   of   Preferred   Stock   outstanding.
Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of this  paragraph  (c)(iii),  no such special
meeting shall be called during the period within 60 days  immediately  preceding
the date fixed for the next annual meeting of the shareholders.

                           (iv)  In any default period, the holders of Common
Stock,  and other  classes of stock of the  Corporation,  if  applicable,  shall
continue to be entitled to elect the whole number of Directors until the holders
of  Preferred  Stock shall have  exercised  their  right to elect two  Directors
voting as a class,  after the  exercise  of which  right  (x) the  Directors  so
elected by the holders of Preferred  Stock shall  continue in office until their
successors  shall have been elected by such holders or until the  expiration  of
the default period, and (y) any vacancy in the Board of Directors may (except as
provided in paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section 2) be filled by vote of a majority
of the remaining  Directors  theretofore  elected by the holders of the class of
stock  which  elected  the  Director  whose  office  shall have  become  vacant.
References  in this  paragraph  (c) to  Directors  elected  by the  holders of a
particular class of stock shall include  Directors  elected by such Directors to
fill vacancies as provided in clause (y) of the foregoing sentence.

                           (v)   Immediately upon the expiration of a default
period,  (x) the right of the  holders  of  Preferred  Stock as a class to elect
Directors shall cease,  (y) the term of any Directors  elected by the holders of
Preferred  Stock as a class  shall  terminate,  and (z) the number of  Directors
shall be such number as may be  provided  for in the  Corporation's  Articles of
Incorporation  or By-laws  irrespective  of any  increase  made  pursuant to the
provisions  of paragraph  (c)(ii) of this Section 2 (such number being  subject,
however,  to  change  thereafter  in  any  manner  provided  by  law  or in  the
Corporation's  Articles of Incorporation or By-laws). Any vacancies in the Board
of Directors  effected by the provisions of clauses (y) and (z) in the preceding
sentence may be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors.

                      (d)  Except as set forth  herein,  holders  of Series BB
Participating  Cumulative  Preference  Stock shall have no special voting rights
and their consent shall not be required  (except to the extent they are entitled
to vote  with  holders  of Common  Stock as set forth  herein)  for  taking  any
corporate action.

                (3) Any shares of Series BB Participating  Cumulative Preference
Stock  purchased  or  otherwise  acquired  by  the  Corporation  in  any  manner
whatsoever  shall be  retired  and  cancelled  promptly  after  the  acquisition
thereof.  All such shares shall upon their  cancellation  become  authorized but
unissued  shares of Preferred  Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series
of  Preferred   Stock  to  be  created  by  resolution  or  resolutions  of  the
shareholders  or  the  Board  of  Directors,   subject  to  the  conditions  and
restrictions   on  issuance   set  forth  in  the   Corporation's   Articles  of
Incorporation.

                (4) The Corporation shall abide by the following restrictions:

                    (a)  Whenever quarterly  dividends or other dividends or
distributions payable on the Series BB Participating Cumulative Preference Stock
as  provided  for in  Section 1 are in arrears  or the  Corporation  shall be in
default  in  payment  thereof,  thereafter  and until  all  accrued  and  unpaid
dividends and  distributions,  whether or not  declared,  on shares of Series BB
Participating  Cumulative  Preference Stock  outstanding shall have been paid or
set aside for payment in full, and in addition to any and all other rights which
any holder of shares of Series BB Participating  Cumulative Preference Stock may
have in such circumstances, the Corporation shall not:

                         1.  declare or pay  dividends,  or make any other
distributions,  on any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or
upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding  up) to the Series BB  Participating
Cumulative Preference Stock;

                         2.  declare or pay  dividends,  or make any other
distributions,  on any  shares  of  stock  ranking  on a  parity  (either  as to
dividends  or upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up) with the Series BB
Participating  Cumulative Preference Stock, unless dividends are paid ratably on
the Series BB  Participating  Cumulative  Preference  Stock and all such  parity
stock on which  dividends  are payable or in arrears in  proportion to the total
amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

                         3.  redeem or purchase  or  otherwise  acquire for
consideration shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
liquidation,   dissolution  or  winding  up)  to  the  Series  BB  Participating
Cumulative  Preference  Stock,  provided  that the  Corporation  may at any time
redeem,  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  shares  of any such  junior  stock in
exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to
dividends  or upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up) to the Series BB
Participating Cumulative Preference Stock; or

                         4. redeem or purchase  or  otherwise  acquire for
consideration any shares of Series BB Participating Cumulative Preference Stock,
or any  shares of stock  ranking on a parity  with the  Series BB  Participating
Cumulative  Preference  Stock  (either  as to  dividends  or  upon  liquidation,
dissolution or winding up),  except in accordance  with a purchase offer made in
writing or by  publication  (as  determined  by the Board of  Directors)  to all
holders  of such  shares  upon  such  terms  as the  Board of  Directors,  after
consideration of the respective  annual dividend rates and other relative rights
and  preferences of the respective  series and classes,  shall determine in good
faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or
classes.

                (b)   The  Corporation  shall not permit any subsidiary of
the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of
stock of the Corporation  unless the Corporation  could,  under paragraph (a) of
this Section 4,  purchase or  otherwise  acquire such shares at such time and in
such manner.

            (5)  Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation,  the holders of Series BB Participating Cumulative Preference Stock
shall have the following rights.

                 (a)  Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation,  whether voluntary or involuntary, no distribution shall be made to
the  holders  of  shares  of  stock  ranking  (either  as to  dividends  or upon
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up) junior to the Series BB  Participating
Cumulative  Preference  Stock unless,  prior  thereto,  the holders of shares of
Series BB Participating Cumulative Preference Stock shall have received $100 per
share,  plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid  dividends and  distributions
thereon,  whether or not  declared,  to the date of such payment (the "Series BB
Liquidation Preference"). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series
BB  Liquidation  Preference,  no additional  distributions  shall be made to the
holders of shares of Series BB Participating Cumulative Preference Stock unless,
prior  thereto,  the holders of shares of Common  Stock  shall have  received an
amount per share (the "Common  Adjustment")  equal to the  quotient  obtained by
dividing (i) the Series BB Liquidation  Preference by (ii) 100 (as appropriately
adjusted as set forth in subparagraph  (c) below to reflect such events as stock
splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations  with respect to the Common Stock)
(such number in clause (ii), the "Adjustment Number").  Following the payment of
the  full  amount  of the  Series  BB  Liquidation  Preference  and  the  Common
Adjustment  in  respect  of all  outstanding  shares of Series BB  Participating
Cumulative Preference Stock and Common Stock, respectively, holders of Series BB
Participating  Cumulative Preference Stock and holders of shares of Common Stock
shall receive their ratable and  proportionate  share of the remaining assets to
be distributed  in the ratio of the Adjustment  Number to 1 with respect to such
Cumulative   Preference   Stock  and  Common  Stock,   on  a  per  share  basis,
respectively.

                 (b)  In the event, however, that there are not sufficient
assets  available  to  permit  payment  in full  of the  Series  BB  Liquidation
Preference  and the  liquidation  preferences  of all other series of Cumulative
Preference   Stock,  if  any,  which  rank  on  a  parity  with  the  Series  BB
Participating  Cumulative  Preference Stock, then such remaining assets shall be
distributed  ratably to the holders of such parity shares in proportion to their
respective  liquidation  preferences.  In the event, however, that there are not
sufficient  assets available to permit payment in full of the Common  Adjustment
then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Common
Stock.

                 (c)  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after
the Rights  Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in
shares of Common Stock,  (ii) subdivide the  outstanding  Common Stock, or (iii)
combine the  outstanding  Common Stock into a smaller number of shares,  then in
each such case the Adjustment  Number in effect  immediately prior to such event
shall be  adjusted  by  multiplying  such  Adjustment  Number by a fraction  the
numerator  of  which  is the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding
immediately  after  such  event and the  denominator  of which is the  number of
shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

            (6)  In case the Corporation shall enter into any  consolidation,
merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are
exchanged for or converted into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other
property, then in any such case the shares of Series BB Participating Cumulative
Preference  Stock shall at the same time be similarly  exchanged or converted in
an amount per share  (subject to the provision for  adjustment  hereinafter  set
forth) equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or
any other  property  (payable  in kind),  as the case may be,  into which or for
which each share of Common  Stock is converted  or  exchanged.  In the event the
Corporation  shall at any time after the Rights  Declaration Date (i) declare or
pay any  dividend  on Common  Stock  payable  in shares  of Common  Stock,  (ii)
subdivide the outstanding  Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common
Stock  into a smaller  number of  shares,  then in each such case the amount set
forth in the  preceding  sentence  with respect to the exchange or conversion of
shares of Series BB Participating  Cumulative Preference Stock shall be adjusted
by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of
shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately  after  such  event  and the
denominator  of  which is the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  that  were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

            (7)  The shares of Series BB Participating  Cumulative Preference
Stock shall not be redeemable.

            (8)  The Articles of Incorporation  of the Corporation  shall not
be further  amended in any manner  which  would  materially  alter or change the
powers,  preferences or special rights of the Series BB Participating Cumulative
Preference Stock so as to affect them adversely  without the affirmative vote of
the  holders  of at least  two-thirds  of the  outstanding  shares  of Series BB
Participating Cumulative Preference Stock, voting separately as a class.

            (9)  Series BB Participating  Cumulative  Preference Stock may be
issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder,  in proportion to
such holder's  fractional shares, to exercise voting rights,  receive dividends,
participate  in  distributions  and to have the  benefit of all other  rights of
holders of Series BB Participating Cumulative Preference Stock.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   Directors

      A.    Number of Directors.  The business and affairs of this  Corporation
shall be managed under the  direction of the Board of  Directors.  The number of
directors  comprising the Board of Directors of this  Corporation  (exclusive of
directors  who may be  elected  by the  holders  of any one or  more  series  of
Preferred Stock voting separately) shall be 14 unless otherwise  determined from
time to time by resolution  adopted by the affirmative  votes of both (i) 80% of
the directors then in office and (ii) a majority of the Continuing Directors (as
defined in Article V(D)), voting as a separate group, provided, however, that no
decrease in the number of  directors  shall  shorten  the term of any  incumbent
director.

      B.    Classification.  The Board of Directors,  other than those who may
be elected by the holders of any one or more series of  Preferred  Stock  voting
separately,  shall be divided,  with respect to the time during which they shall
hold office, into three classes, designated Class I, II and III, as nearly equal
in number as possible. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors shall
be apportioned by the Board of Directors so that all classes of directors  shall
be  as  nearly  equal  in  number  as  possible.   At  each  annual  meeting  of
shareholders, directors chosen to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be
elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders
held in the third year  following  the year of their  election  and until  their
successors are duly elected and qualified.

      C.    Vacancies.  Except as provided in Article IV (G)  hereof,  any
vacancy on the Board  (including  any vacancy  resulting from an increase in the
authorized  number of directors or from a failure of the  shareholders  to elect
the full number of  authorized  directors)  may,  notwithstanding  any resulting
absence  of a quorum of  directors,  be filled  only by the Board of  Directors,
acting by vote of both (i) a majority of the directors then in office and (ii) a
majority of all the Continuing  Directors,  voting as a separate group,  and any
director so appointed shall serve until the next shareholders'  meeting held for
the election of directors of the class to which he shall have been appointed and
until his successor is duly elected and qualified.

      D.    Removal.  Subject to Article  IV (G)  hereof  and  notwithstanding
any other  provisions of these Articles or the Bylaws of this  Corporation,  any
director or the entire Board of Directors  may be removed at any time,  but only
for cause, by the affirmative vote at a meeting of shareholders  called for such
purpose  of the  holders of both (i) a majority  of the Total  Voting  Power (as
defined in Article  V(D)  hereof)  entitled  to be cast by the holders of Voting
Stock (as defined in Article V(D)  hereof),  voting  together as a single class,
and  (ii) a  majority  of the  Total  Voting  Power  entitled  to be cast by the
Independent  Shareholders  (as  defined in  Article  V(D)  hereof),  voting as a
separate group. At the same meeting in which the shareholders remove one or more
directors,  a successor or successors  may be elected for the unexpired  term of
the  director  or  directors  removed.  Except  as set  forth  in this  Article,
directors shall not be subject to removal.

      E.    Tender Offers and Other  Extraordinary  Transactions. In connection
with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interest of
the Corporation and its stockholders when evaluating a Business  Combination (as
defined in Article V(D)  hereof) or a tender or exchange  offer or a proposal by
another  Person or  Persons  to make a tender or  exchange  offer,  the Board of
Directors of the Corporation shall consider,  in addition to the adequacy of the
amount to be paid in connection with any such transaction,  all of the following
factors  and any other  factors  which it deems  relevant:  (i) the  social  and
economic effects of the transaction on the Corporation and its subsidiaries, and
their  respective  employees,  customers,  creditors  and other  elements of the
communities  in  which  they  operate  or are  located,  (ii) the  business  and
financial  condition and earnings  prospects of the acquiring Person or Persons,
including,  but not  limited  to,  debt  service  and other  existing  or likely
financial  obligations  of the  acquiring  Person or Persons,  and the  possible
effect of such  conditions upon the  Corporation  and its  Subsidiaries  and the
other elements of the communities in which the Corporation and its  subsidiaries
operate or are located,  and (iii) the  competence,  experience and integrity of
the acquiring Person or Persons and its or their management.

      F.    Board  Qualifications.  (1) Except as otherwise provided in Article
IV(G) hereof, no person shall be eligible for nomination, election or service
as a director of the Corporation who shall:

                 (a)  in the opinion of the Board of Directors  fail to respond
satisfactorily to the Corporation  respecting any inquiry of the Corporation for
information to enable the Corporation to make any certification  required by the
Federal  Communications  Commission  under the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988 or to
determine the eligibility of such person under this Article;

                 (b)  have been arrested or convicted of any offense concerning
the  distribution or possession of, or trafficking in, drugs or other controlled
substances, provided that in the case of an arrest the Board of Directors may in
its  discretion  determine that  notwithstanding  such arrest such persons shall
remain eligible under this Article; or

                 (c)  have engaged in actions that could lead to such an arrest
or conviction  and that the Board of Directors  determines  would make it unwise
for such person to serve as a director of the Corporation.

            (2)  Any person serving as a director of the Corporation shall
automatically  cease to be a  director  on such  date as he  ceases  to have the
qualifications  set forth in  paragraph  (1) above,  and his  position  shall be
considered vacant within the meaning of Article IV(C) hereof.

      G.    Directors Elected by Preferred Shareholders. Notwithstanding
anything in these  Articles  of  Incorporation  to the  contrary,  whenever  the
holders  of any one or more  series of  Preferred  Stock  shall  have the right,
voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation,
the provisions of these Articles of  Incorporation  (as they may be duly amended
from time to time) fixing the rights and  preferences  of such  Preferred  Stock
shall govern with respect to the nomination,  election, term, removal, vacancies
or other related matters with respect to such directors.

                                    ARTICLE V

                         Certain Business Combinations

      A.    Vote Required in Business Combinations. No Business Combination may
be effected unless all of the following conditions have been fulfilled:

            (1)  In addition to any vote  otherwise  required  by law or these
Articles, the proposal to effect a Business Combination shall have been approved
by (i) a  majority  of the  directors  then  in  office  and a  majority  of the
Continuing Directors and (ii) by the affirmative votes of both of the following:

                 (a)  80% of the Total Voting Power entitled to be cast by
holders of outstanding shares of Voting Stock of this Corporation, voting as a
separate voting group; and

                  (b) Two-thirds of the Total Voting Power entitled to be cast
by the Independent Stockholders  present or duly  represented  at a  meeting,
voting as a separate voting group.

            (2)  A proxy or information statement describing the proposed
Business  Combination  and complying  with the  requirements  of the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended (the  "Act"),  and the rules and  regulations
thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing the Act, rules or regulations
as a whole or in part) is mailed to all shareholders of the Corporation at least
30 days prior to the  consummation of such Business  Combination  (regardless of
whether such proxy or information  statement is required  pursuant to the Act or
subsequent provisions).

      B.    Nonapplicability of Voting Requirements.  The vote required by
Paragraph A of this Article does not apply  to a  Business Combination if all
conditions specified in either of paragraphs 1 or 2 below are met:

            (1)  The proposed Business Combination is approved prior to the time
the Related Person involved in the proposed  transaction became a Related Person
by the affirmative  votes of both a majority of the directors then in office and
a majority of the Continuing Directors, voting as a separate group.

            (2)  All of the following five conditions have been met:

                 (a)  The aggregate amount of the cash and the Market Value on
the Valuation Date of consideration  other than cash to be received per share by
all holders of Common Stock in such  Business  Combination  is at least equal to
the highest of the following:

                      1.   the highest per share price, including any brokerage
commissions,  transfer taxes and soliciting  dealers' fees, paid by or on behalf
of the Related Person for any shares of Common Stock of the same class or series
acquired by it within the two-year period  immediately prior to the Announcement
Date or in the  transaction  in which it became a Related  Person,  whichever is
higher;

                      2.   The Market Value per share of Common Stock of the
same class or series on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date,
whichever is higher; or

                      3.   The price per share equal to the Market Value per
share of Common Stock of the same class or series determined  pursuant to clause
(2) immediately  preceding,  multiplied by the fraction of the highest per share
price,  including  any  brokerage  commissions,  transfer  taxes and  soliciting
dealers' fees,  paid by or for the Related Person for any shares of Common Stock
of  the  same  class  or  series  acquired  by it  within  the  two-year  period
immediately  prior to the Announcement  Date, over the Market Value per share of
Common  Stock of the same  class or series  on the  first  day in such  two-year
period on which the Related Person acquired any shares of Common Stock.

                (b)   The aggregate amount of the cash and the Market Value as
of the Valuation Date of consideration  other than cash to be received per share
by  holders  of shares of any class or series of  outstanding  stock  other than
Common Stock is at least equal to the highest of the  following,  whether or not
the Related Person has previously  acquired any shares of a particular  class or
series of stock:

                      1.   The highest per share price, including any brokerage
commissions,  transfer  taxes and soliciting  dealers' fees,  paid by or for the
Related  Person for any shares of such class of stock  acquired by it within the
two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date or in the transaction
in which it became a Related Person, whichever is higher;

                      2.   The highest preferential amount per share to which
the holders of shares of such class of stock are entitled in the event of any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this
Corporation;

                      3.   The Market Value per share of such class of stock on
the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher; or

                      4.   The price per share equal to the  Market Value per
share of such  class of stock  determined  pursuant  to clause  (3)  immediately
preceding,  multiplied by the fraction of the highest per share price, including
any brokerage commissions,  transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees, paid by
or for the Related  Person for any shares of any class of Voting Stock  acquired
by it within the two-year period  immediately  prior to the  Announcement  Date,
over the Market  Value per share of the same class of Voting  Stock on the first
day in such two-year  period on which the Related Person  acquired any shares of
the same class of Voting Stock.

                (c)   The consideration to be received by holders of any class
or  series  of  outstanding  stock is to be in cash or in the  same  form as the
Related  Person  has  previously  paid for shares of the same class or series of
stock.  If the  Related  Person  has paid for  shares of any class of stock with
varying  forms of  consideration,  the form of  consideration  for such class of
stock shall be either  cash or the form used to acquire  the  largest  number of
shares of such class or series of stock previously acquired by it.

               (d)    After the Related Person has become a Related Person an
prior to the consummation of such Business Combination:

                      1.  There shall have been no failure to declare and pay
               at the regular date therefor any full periodic dividends,
               cumulative or not, on any outstanding Preferred Stock of
               this Corporation;

                      2.  There shall have been no reduction in the annual rate
               of dividends  paid on any class or series of stock of this
               Corporation  that is not Preferred Stock except as necessary to
               reflect any subdivision of the stock, and no failure to increase
               the annual rate of dividends as necessary to reflect any
               reclassification,  including  any reverse  stock  split,
               recapitalization, reorganization,  or any similar transaction
               which has the effect of reducing the number of outstanding shares
               of the stock; and

                      3.  The Related Person did not become the Beneficial Owner
               of any  additional  shares  of stock of this  Corporation  except
               as part of the transaction which resulted in such Related Person
               becoming a Related Person or by virtue of proportionate stock
               splits or stock dividends.

The provisions of clause (1) and (2) immediately preceding shall not apply if no
Related  Person or an Affiliate  or  Associate of the Related  Person voted as a
director of this Corporation in a manner  inconsistent with such clauses and the
Related  Person,  within ten days  after any act or failure to act  inconsistent
with such  clauses,  notifies  the Board of  Directors  of this  Corporation  in
writing that the Related Person  disapproves  thereof and requests in good faith
that the Board of Directors rectify such act or failure to act.

               (e)    After the Related Person has become a Related Person, the
Related Person may not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly, except
proportionately as a shareholder, of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or
other financial  assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages  provided
by this Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, whether in anticipation of or in
connection with such Business Combination or otherwise.

      C.    Alternative Shareholder Vote for Business Combinations. In the event
the conditions set forth in Subparagraph (B)(1) or (B)(2) have been met, the
affirmative  vote  required of  shareholders  in order to approve  the  proposed
Business  Combination shall be 66-2/3% of the Total Voting Power present or duly
represented at the meeting called for such purpose.

      D.    Definitions.  The following terms, for all purposes of these
Articles or the By-laws of this Corporation, shall have the following meaning:

            (1)  An "Affiliate" of,  or a person  "affiliated  with," a
specified person means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries,  controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with,
the person specified.

            (2)  "Announcement Date" means the first general public announcement
of the proposal or intention to make a proposal of the Business  Combination  or
its first communication generally to shareholders of this Corporation, whichever
is earlier.

            (3)  "Associate,"  when used to indicate a relationship with any
person,  means any of the following:

                 (a)  Any corporation or organization, other than this
      Corporation,  of which such person is an officer,  director or partner or
      is, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of any
      class of Equity Securities.

                 (b)  Any trust or other estate in which such person has a
     substantial  beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as
     trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity.

                 (c)  Any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative
     of such spouse, who has the same home as such person.

                 (d)  Any investment company registered under the Investment
     Company Act of 1940 for which such person serves as investment advisor.

            (4)  A person shall be deemed to be the "Beneficial Owner" of any
shares of capital stock (regardless whether owned of record):

                 (a)  Which that person or any of its Affiliates or Associates,
     directly or indirectly, owns beneficially;

                 (b)  Which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates
     has (i) the right to acquire  (whether  exercisable  immediately  or only
     after the  passage of time)pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement or
     understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights,
     warrants or options, or otherwise, or (ii)the right to vote pursuant to
     any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or

                 (c)  Which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by
     any other person with which such person or any of its Affiliates or
     Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding  for the
     purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of voting
     capital stock of the corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

            (5)  "Business Combination" means any of the following transactions,
when entered into by the Corporation or a Subsidiary  with, or upon a proposal
by, a Related Person:

                 (a)  The merger or consolidation  of, or an exchange of
     securities by, the Corporation or any Subsidiary;

                 (b)  The sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or
     any  other disposition  (in  one  or a  series  of  transactions)  of  any
     assets of the Corporation, or of any Subsidiary, having an aggregate book
     or fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, measured at the time the
     transaction or transactions are approved by the Board of Directors;

                 (c)  The adoption of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or
                      dissolution of the Corporation or any Subsidiary;

                 (d)  The issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any
     Subsidiary (in one or a series of transactions) of securities of the
     Corporation, or of any Subsidiary, having a fair market value of $1,000,000
     or more;

                 (e)  The reclassification of securities (including a  reverse
     stock split), recapitalization, consolidation or any other transaction
     (whether or not involving a Related Person) which has the direct or
     indirect effect of increasing the voting power (regardless whether then
     exercisable) or the proportionate amount of the outstanding shares of any
     class or series of Equity Securities of this Corporation or any of its
     Subsidiaries held by a Related Person, or any Associate or Affiliate of a
     Related Person;

                 (f)  Any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other
     financial assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided
     by  the  Corporation  or any subsidiary  to a Related  Person or any
     Affiliate or Associate thereof, except proportionately as a shareholder; or

                 (g)  Any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing
     directly or indirectly for any of the foregoing.

            (6)  "Capital  Stock" means any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or
other capital stock of the Corporation, or any bonds, debentures, or other
obligations granted voting rights by the Corporation pursuant to La.
R.S. 12:75H.

            (7)  "Common  Stock" means any stock other than a class or series
of preferred or  preference stock.

            (8)  "Continuing  Director" shall mean any member of the Board of
Directors who is not a Related Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof,  and
who was a member of the Board of  Directors  prior to the time that the  Related
Person became a Related Person,  and any successor to a Continuing  Director who
is not a Related Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof and was recommended
to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of Continuing  Directors who were
then  members of the Board of  Directors,  provided  that,  in the  absence of a
Related Person, any reference to "Continuing Directors" shall mean all directors
then in office.

            (9)  "control," including the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
and "under common control with," means the  possession,  directly or indirectly,
of the power to direct or cause the direction of the  management and policies of
a person,  whether  through the ownership of voting  securities,  by contract or
otherwise.  The beneficial  ownership of 10% or more of the votes entitled to be
cast by a corporation's voting stock creates a presumption of control.

            (10) "Determination Date" means the date on which a Related Person
first  became a Related Person.

            (11) "Equity Security" means any of the following:

                 (a)  Any stock or similar  security,  certificate of interest
     or participation in any profit sharing agreement, voting trust certificate
     or certificate of deposit for an equity security.

                 (b)  Any security convertible, with or without consideration,
     into an equity security, or any warrant or other security carrying any
     right to subscribe to or purchase an equity security.

                 (c)  Any put, call, straddle or other option or privilege
     of buying an equity security from or selling an equity security to another
     without being bound to do so.

            (12) "Independent Shareholder" or "Independent Stockholder" means
a holder of Voting Stock of this Corporation who is not a Related Person.

            (13) "Market Value" means the following:

                 (a)  In the case of stock, the highest closing sale price on
     the date or during the period in question of a share of such stock on the
     principal  United States securities  exchange  registered  under the
     Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock is listed or, if such
     stock is not listed on any such exchange, the highest closing bid
     quotation  with respect to a share of such stock on the date or during
     the period in question on the National  Association of Securities
     Dealers, Inc., Automated Quotations Systems, or any alternative system
     then in use, or, if no such quotations are available, the fair market value
     on the date or during the period in question of a share of such stock as
     determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors of this Corporation
     in good faith.

                 (b)  In the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair
     market value of such property on the date or during the period in question
     as determined  by a majority of the Continuing Directors of this
     Corporation in good faith.

            (14) A "person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or
other  entity,  or a group of persons  acting or agreeing to act together in the
manner set forth in Rule 13d-5 under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as in
effect on January 1, 1984.

            (15) "Related Person" means any person (other than the Corporation,
a Subsidiary or any profit  sharing,  employee stock ownership or other employee
benefit plan of the  Corporation or any  Subsidiary or any trust,  trustee of or
fiduciary  with respect to any such plan acting in such capacity) who (a) is the
direct or indirect Beneficial Owner of shares of Capital Stock representing more
than 10% of the outstanding Total Voting Power entitled to vote for the election
of directors,  and any  Affiliate or Associate of any such person,  or (b) is an
Affiliate or Associate  of the  Corporation  and at any time within the two-year
period  immediately  prior to the date in  question  was the  Beneficial  Owner,
directly  of  indirectly,  of shares of  Capital  Stock  (including  two or more
classes or series voting together as a single class) representing 10% or more of
the  outstanding  Total  Voting  Power  entitled  to vote  for the  election  of
directors.  For the purpose of  determining  whether a person is the  Beneficial
Owner of a  percentage,  specified in this  Article,  of the  outstanding  Total
Voting  Power,  the number of shares of Voting  Stock  deemed to be  outstanding
shall include shares deemed owned by that person through  application of Article
V(D)(3)  but shall not  include  any other  shares  which may be issuable to any
other person.

            (16) "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which Voting Stock having
a majority of the votes entitled to be cast is owned, directly or indirectly,
by this Corporation.

            (17) "Total Voting Power,"  when used in reference to any particular
matter properly  brought before the  shareholders  for their  consideration  and
vote, means the total number of votes that holders of Capital Stock are entitled
to cast with respect to such matter.

            (18) "Valuation Date" means the following:

                 (a)  For a Business Combination voted upon by shareholders,
    the latter of the date prior to the date of the shareholders' vote and the
    day 20 days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination; and

                 (b)  For a Business Combination not voted upon by the share-
    holders, the date of the consummation of the Business Combination.

            (19) "Voting Stock" means shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation
entitled  to vote generally in the election of directors.

     E.     Benefit of Statute. This Corporation claims and shall have the
benefit of the provisions of R.S. 12:133 except that the provisions of R.S.
12:133 shall not apply to any business combination involving an interested
shareholder that is an employee benefit plan or related trust of this
Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                             Shareholders' Meetings

     A.     Written Consents.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at
any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken only upon the vote of
the shareholders,  present in person or represented by duly authorized proxy, at
an annual or special meeting duly noticed and called,  as provided in the Bylaws
of  the  Corporation,  and  may  not  be  taken  by a  written  consent  of  the
shareholders pursuant to the Business Corporation Law of the State of Louisiana.

     B.     Special Meetings.  Subject to the terms of any outstanding class or
series of  Preferred  Stock that  entitles  the holders  thereof to call special
meetings, the holders of a majority of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation
shall be required to cause the  Secretary of the  Corporation  to call a special
meeting  of  shareholders   pursuant  to  La.  R.S.  12:73B  (or  any  successor
provision). Nothing in this Article VI shall limit the power of the President of
the  Corporation  or its  Board  of  Directors  to  call a  special  meeting  of
shareholders.

                                    ARTICLE VII

                   Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

     A.     Limitation of Liability.  No director or officer of the Corporation
shall be liable to the Corporation or to its  shareholders  for monetary damages
for breach of his  fiduciary  duty as a director or officer,  provided  that the
foregoing  provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director or
officer  for (1) any  breach of his duty of loyalty  to the  Corporation  or its
shareholders;  (2)  acts  or  omissions  not in  good  faith  or  which  involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (3) liability for unlawful
distributions of the  Corporation's  assets to, or redemptions or repurchases of
the Corporation's shares from, shareholders of the Corporation, under and to the
extent provided in La. R.S. 12:92D; or (4) any transaction from which he derived
an improper personal benefit.

     B.     Authorization of Further Actions.  The Board of Directors may (1)
cause the  Corporation  to enter into  contracts with its directors and officers
providing  for the  limitation  of  liability  set forth in this  Article to the
fullest extent permitted by law, (2) adopt By-laws or resolutions,  or cause the
Corporation to enter into contracts,  providing for indemnification of directors
and officers of the Corporation and other persons  (including but not limited to
directors and officers of the Corporation's direct and indirect Subsidiaries) to
the fullest  extent  permitted by law and (3) cause the  Corporation to exercise
the insurance powers set forth in La. R.S. 12:83F,  notwithstanding that some or
all of the  members  of the  Board  of  Directors  acting  with  respect  to the
foregoing may be parties to such contracts or  beneficiaries  of such By-laws or
resolutions  or the exercise of such powers.  No repeal or amendment of any such
By-laws or resolutions  limiting the right to  indemnification  thereunder shall
affect the  entitlement  of any person to  indemnification  whose claim  thereto
results from conduct occurring prior to the date of such repeal or amendment.

     C.     Subsidiaries.  The Board of Directors may cause the Corporation to
approve for the officers and directors of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries
limitation of liability, indemnification and insurance provisions comparable
to the foregoing.

     D.     Amendment of Article.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of these
Articles of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80%
of the Total  Voting  Power shall be required to amend or repeal this  Article
VII, and any  amendment or repeal of this Article shall not adversely affect any
elimination  or  limitation  of  liability  of a  director  or  officer  of  the
Corporation under this Article with respect to any action or inaction  occurring
prior to the time of such amendment or repeal.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   Reversion

     Except for cash,  shares or other property or rights payable or issuable
to the holders of Preferred Stock, the rights to which shall be determined under
applicable  state law, Cash,  property or share  dividends,  shares  issuable to
shareholders in connection with a reclassification  of stock, and the redemption
price of  redeemed  shares,  that are not claimed by the  shareholders  entitled
thereto within one year after the dividend or redemption price became payable or
the shares became issuable, despite reasonable efforts by the Corporation to pay
the dividend or redemption  price or deliver the  certificates for the shares to
such  shareholders  within such time,  shall,  at the  expiration  of such time,
revert in full ownership to the Corporation, and the Corporation's obligation to
pay such dividend or redemption price or issue such shares,  as the case may be,
shall thereupon cease,  provided,  however,  that the Board of Directors may, at
any time, for any reason satisfactory to it, but need not, authorize (i) payment
of the  amount of any cash or  property  dividend  or  redemption  price or (ii)
issuance  of any shares,  ownership  of which has  reverted  to the  Corporation
pursuant to this Article, to the person or entity who or which would be entitled
thereto had such reversion not occurred.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   Amendments

      A.    Charter Amendments. Articles IV (other than paragraphs F and G),
V, VI(A) and IX of these Articles of Incorporation shall not be amended in any
manner (whether by modification or repeal of an existing Article or Articles or
by addition of a new Article or Articles) except upon resolutions adopted by the
affirmative  vote of both (i) 80% of the Total Voting Power  entitled to be cast
by the  holders of  outstanding  shares of Voting  Stock,  voting  together as a
single group,  and (ii) two-thirds of the Total Voting Power entitled to be cast
by the Independent  Shareholders  present or duly represented at a shareholders'
meeting, voting as a separate group; provided, however, that if such resolutions
shall first be adopted by both a majority of the directors  then in office and a
majority of the  Continuing  Directors,  voting as a separate  group,  then such
resolutions  shall be deemed adopted by the  shareholders  upon the  affirmative
vote of a majority of the Total Voting Power  entitled to be cast by the holders
of outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting as a single group.

     B.     Bylaw  Amendments. Bylaws of this Corporation may be altered,
amended, or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by (i) the shareholders, but
only upon the affirmative vote of both 80% of the Total Voting Power entitled to
be cast by the holders of outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as
a single group,  and two-thirds of the Total Voting Power entitled to be cast by
the  Independent  Shareholders  present or duly  represented at a  shareholders'
meeting,  voting as a separate group,  or (ii) the Board of Directors,  but only
upon the affirmative vote of both a majority of the directors then in office and
a majority of the Continuing Directors, voting as a separate group.



                  *      *       *       *       *      *       *



     These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation are dated as of May
6, 1999.


WITNESSES:                                    CENTURYTEL, INC.
                                  (formerly Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.)



    /s/ Stacey W. Goff                 By:   /s/ Glen F. Post, III
- --------------------------                --------------------------------
                                           Glen F. Post, III, President


   /s/ Kay Buchart                     By:   /s/ Harvey P. Perry
- --------------------------                --------------------------------
                                           Harvey P. Perry, Secretary

<PAGE>

                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT


STATE OF LOUISIANA

PARISH OF OUACHITA


        BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, personally came and appeared Glen
F. Post, III and Harvey P. Perry, to me known to be the persons who signed the
foregoing instrument as President and Secretary, respectively, and who, having
been duly sworn, acknowledged and declared, in the presence of the two witnesses
whose names are subscribed below, that they signed such instrument as their free
act and deed for the purposes mentioned therein.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the appearers, witnesses and I have hereunto affixed
our hands on this 6th day of May, 1999.


WITNESSES:

  /s/ Stacey W. Goff                                 /s/ Glen F. Post, III
- ----------------------                           --------------------------
                                                 Glen F. Post, III, President


  /s/ Kay Buchart                                   /s/ Harvey P. Perry
- ----------------------                           --------------------------
                                                 Harvey P. Perry, Secretary



                        /s/ Kenneth J. Najder
                    -----------------------------
                            NOTARY PUBLIC


                                                                      EXHIBIT 11
                              CenturyTel, Inc.
                      COMPUTATIONS OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
                                 (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                 Three months         Six months
                                                ended June 30,      ended June 30,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                1999      1998      1999      1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               (Dollars, except per share amounts,
                                                and shares expressed in thousands)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>
Income (Numerator):

Net income                                    $ 53,462   64,191   114,567   121,885
Dividends applicable to preferred stock           (102)    (102)     (204)     (204)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income applicable to common stock           53,360   64,089   114,363   121,681
Dividends applicable to preferred stock            102      102       204       204
Interest on convertible securities, net of taxes    63       93       126       186
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income as adjusted for purposes of
  computing diluted earnings per share        $ 53,525   64,284   114,693   122,071
===================================================================================

Shares (Denominator): *

Weighted average number of shares:
   Outstanding during period                   139,321  137,484   138,944   137,263
   Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares
     not committed to be released                 (469)    (562)     (489)     (577)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Number of shares for computing basic
  earnings per share                           138,852  136,922   138,455   136,686

Incremental common shares attributable to
  additional dilutive effect of convertible
  securities                                     2,609    3,106     2,790     3,015
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Number of shares as adjusted for purposes of
  computing diluted earnings per share         141,461  140,028   141,245   139,701
===================================================================================

Basic earnings per share *                    $    .38      .47       .83       .89
===================================================================================

Diluted earnings per share *                  $    .38      .46       .81       .87
===================================================================================
*  Reflects March 1999 stock split.  See Note 4.
</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                           5
<LEGEND>
THIS  SCHEDULE  CONTAINS  SUMMARY  FINANCIAL   INFORMATION  EXTRACTED  FROM  THE
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF CENTURYTEL,  INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AS OF
JUNE 30, 1999 AND THE RELATED UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME FOR THE
SIX MONTH  PERIOD THEN ENDED AND IS  QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO
SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                        1,000

<S>                                 <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                       6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                   DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                      JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                        JUN-30-1999
<CASH>                              93,893
<SECURITIES>                        0
<RECEIVABLES>                       197,602
<ALLOWANCES>                        3,535
<INVENTORY>                         20,624
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                    316,034
<PP&E>                              3,979,280
<DEPRECIATION>                      1,797,761
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                      4,558,713
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>               430,160
<BONDS>                             2,017,472
               0
                         8,106
<COMMON>                            139,363
<OTHER-SE>                          1,501,682
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>        4,558,713
<SALES>                             0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                    831,006
<CGS>                               0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                       569,758
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                    0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                    0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                  79,728
<INCOME-PRETAX>                     231,105
<INCOME-TAX>                        116,538
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                 114,567
<DISCONTINUED>                      0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                     0
<CHANGES>                           0
<NET-INCOME>                        114,567
<EPS-BASIC>                       .83     <F1>
<EPS-DILUTED>                       .81     <F1>
<FN>
<F1>           REFLECTS MARCH 1999 STOCK SPLIT. FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULES FOR
               PRIOR PERIODS HAVE NOT BEEN RESTATED TO REFLECT SUCH STOCK SPLIT.
</FN>


</TABLE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT 99

                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT



                                     Between



                           GTE ARKANSAS INCORPORATED,
                            GTE MIDWEST INCORPORATED

                                       and

                           GTE SOUTHWEST INCORPORATED,

                                   as Sellers,

                                       and



                                CENTURYTEL, INC.,

                                    as Buyer



                                  June 29, 1999



<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page

ARTICLE 1   DEFINITIONS......................................................1

      1.1   Terms............................................................1
      1.2   Interpretation..................................................11

ARTICLE 2   PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS.....................................11

      2.1   Purchase and Sale of Assets.....................................11
      2.3   Excluded Property...............................................12
      2.4   Assumption of Liabilities.......................................13
            2.4.1 Assumed Liabilities.......................................13
            2.4.2 Retained Liabilities......................................14
      2.5   No Assignment Without Consent...................................15

ARTICLE 3   ARTICLE 3. PURCHASE PRICE.......................................16

      3.1   Purchase Price..................................................16
      3.2   Closing Date Estimate...........................................16
      3.3   Closing Date Statement..........................................17
      3.4   Performance Deposit.............................................18

ARTICLE 4   REQUIRED APPROVALS, CONSENTS AND NOTIFICATIONS..................19

      4.1   State Regulatory Approval.......................................19
      4.2   Bondholder Consents.............................................19
      4.3   Material Consents...............................................19
      4.4   FCC Consents....................................................19
      4.5   HSR Act Review..................................................19
      4.6   Notification....................................................20
      4.7   GTE/Bell Atlantic Merger........................................20

ARTICLE 5   PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS...........................................20

      5.1   Investigation by Buyer..........................................20
      5.2   Operation of the Business in the Ordinary Course................21
            5.2.1 Preservation of Business..................................21
            5.2.2 No Material Changes.......................................21
      5.3   Satisfaction of Conditions......................................22
      5.4   Approvals.......................................................22
      5.5   Financial Statements............................................23
      5.6   Capital Expenditures............................................23
      5.7   Delivery of Interim Information.................................23
      5.8   Cooperation with Respect to Like-Kind Exchange..................23
      5.9   Additional Exchanges............................................24

ARTICLE 6   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE CLOSING.............................24

      6.1   Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Buyer....................24
            6.1.1 No Misrepresentation or Breach of Covenants and
                  Warranties................................................24
            6.1.2 Documents.................................................25
            6.1.3 HSR.......................................................25
            6.1.4 No Legal Obstruction......................................25
            6.1.5 No Material Adverse Effect................................25
      6.2   Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Sellers..................25
            6.2.1 No Misrepresentation or Breach of Covenants and
                  Warranties................................................25
            6.2.2 Documents.................................................25
            6.2.3 Delivery of Closing Date Amount...........................25
            6.2.4 HSR.......................................................26
            6.2.5 No Legal Obstruction......................................26

ARTICLE 7   THE CLOSING.....................................................26

      7.1   The Closing.....................................................26
      7.2   Sellers' Obligations at Closing.................................26
      7.3   Buyer's Obligations at Closing..................................27

ARTICLE 8   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..................................27

      8.1   Representations and Warranties of Sellers.......................27
            8.1.1  Authorization and Effect of Agreement....................28
            8.1.2  No Restrictions Against Sale or Assignment of the
                   Purchased Property.......................................28
            8.1.3  Consents, Approvals and Permits of Governmental
                   Authorities..............................................28
            8.1.4  No Violation of Law......................................28
            8.1.5  Corporate Organization...................................29
            8.1.6  Brokers..................................................29
            8.1.7  Title to Owned Real Property.............................29
            8.1.8  Real Property Leases.....................................29
            8.1.9  Tangible Assets..........................................29
            8.1.10 No Material Adverse Change...............................30
            8.1.11 Material Contracts.......................................30
            8.1.12 Insurance................................................31
            8.1.13 Taxes....................................................31
            8.1.14 No Material Claims or Suits..............................31
            8.1.15 Tariffs; FCC Licenses....................................31
            8.1.16 Employee Matters.........................................32
            8.1.17 Schedules of Telephone Plant.............................34
            8.1.18 Schedule of Real Property Interests......................34
            8.1.19 Environmental Matters....................................34
            8.1.20 Schedule of Joint Construction Projects..................35
            8.1.21 Financial Statements.....................................35
            8.1.22 Year 2000 Compliance.....................................36
            8.1.23 Access Line Count........................................37
      8.2   Representations and Warranties of Buyer.........................37
            8.2.1 Corporate Organization....................................37
            8.2.2 Authorization and Effect of Agreement.....................37
            8.2.3 No Restrictions Against Purchase of the Purchased
                  Properties................................................37
            8.2.4 No Violation of Law.......................................37
            8.2.5 Financial Capacity........................................38
            8.2.6 Brokers...................................................38
            8.2.7 Consents and Approvals of Governmental Authority..........38

ARTICLE 9   CONTINUING BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS...............................38

      9.1   Transition Services Agreement...................................38
      9.2   Optional Services Agreement.....................................38
      9.3   Directory Publishing............................................39
            9.3.1 Assumption of Certain Directory Publishing Agreement
                  Rights and Obligations....................................39
            9.3.2 Co-Bound Directories Acknowledgement......................39
            9.3.3 Meeting to Discuss Directory Publication..................39
      9.4   GTE Telecom Agreements..........................................39

ARTICLE 10  ADDITIONAL COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES.............................40

      10.1  Intellectual Property...........................................40
            10.1.1 No License...............................................40
            10.1.2 Infringement.............................................40
            10.1.3 Trademark Phaseout.......................................40
            10.1.4 Software.................................................41
      10.2  Effect of Due Diligence and Related Matters.....................42
      10.3  Confidentiality.................................................43
      10.4  Further Assurances..............................................43
      10.5  Prorations......................................................43
      10.6  Cost Studies/NECA Matters.......................................43
            10.6.1 Prior to Closing.........................................43
            10.6.2 From and After Closing...................................44
      10.7  Customer Deposits and Construction Advances.....................45
      10.8  Access to Books and Records.....................................45
      10.9  Purchase Price Allocation.......................................45
      10.10 Owned Real Property Transfers...................................46
      10.11 Transaction Taxes...............................................47
      10.12 Bulk Sales Laws.................................................47
      10.13 Prepaid Non-regulated Maintenance Agreements....................47
      10.14 Vehicle Registration............................................47
      10.15 Carrier Access Billing and Accounts Receivable Transition.......47
      10.16 End-User Billing and Accounts Receivable Transition.............48
      10.17 Cooperation.....................................................48

ARTICLE 11  EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYEE MATTERS..................................49

      11.1  Employment of Transferred Employees.............................49
            11.1.1. Assumption of Collective Bargaining Agreement
                     Obligations............................................49
            11.1.2  Assumption of Employment and Other Agreements...........50
            11.1.3  Recognition of Transferred Employee Service.............50
            11.1.4  Assumption of Obligation to Pay Bonuses.................50
            11.1.5  No Duplicate Benefits; Dependents and Beneficiaries.....51
            11.1.6  Affiliate Employees.....................................51
            11.1.7  Term of Assumed Obligations.............................51
      11.2  Transferred Employee Benefit Matters............................51
            11.2.1  Defined Benefit Plans...................................51
            11.2.2  Savings Plans...........................................57
            11.2.3  Welfare Plans...........................................59
      11.3  Miscellaneous Benefits..........................................61
            11.3.1  Loans...................................................61
            11.3.2  Vacation................................................62
      11.4  Employee Rights.................................................63
      11.5  WARN Act Requirements...........................................63
      11.6  Indemnification.................................................63
            11.6.1  Indemnification of Sellers..............................63
            11.6.2  Indemnification of Buyer............................... 64
      11.7  Special Provisions For Certain Employees........................64

ARTICLE 12  INDEMNIFICATION.................................................65

      12.1  Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants...........65
      12.2  Indemnification.................................................66
      12.3  Limitations on Liability........................................66
      12.4  Defense of Claims...............................................68

ARTICLE 13  TERMINATION.....................................................70

      13.1  Termination Rights..............................................70
      13.2  Good Faith Performance..........................................70
      13.3  Effect of Termination...........................................70

ARTICLE 14  MISCELLANEOUS...................................................71

      14.1  Notices.........................................................71
      14.2  Information Releases............................................72
      14.3  Expenses........................................................73
      14.4  Successors and Assigns..........................................73
      14.5  Amendments......................................................73
      14.6  Captions........................................................73
      14.7  Entire Agreement................................................73
      14.8  Waiver..........................................................73
      14.9  Third Parties...................................................74
      14.10 Counterparts....................................................74
      14.11 Governing Law...................................................74
      14.12 Further Assurances..............................................74
      14.13 Severability....................................................74
      14.14 Representation by Counsel; Interpretation.......................74


<PAGE>

                               INDEX OF SCHEDULES


Schedule*   Title
- --------    -----

1.1-A       Assigned Contracts
1.1-B       Excluded Contracts
1.1-C       Purchased Exchanges
1.1-D       License Agreement
1.1-E       National Account Agreement Customers
2.3(g)      Other Excluded Property
4.3         Material Consents
4.4         FCC Consents/Waivers
5.2.1       Operation of the Business
5.2.2(c)    Increase in Transferred Employee Benefits
5.2.2(d)    Dispositions
5.9         Additional Exchanges
6.1.1       Sellers' Closing Certificate
6.2.1       Buyer's Closing Certificate
7.2(a)      Bill of Sale and Assignment and Assumption Agreement
7.2(b)      Legal Opinion of Sellers' Counsel
7.2(g)      Affidavit as to Status of Foreign Person
7.3(c)      Legal Opinion of Buyer's Counsel
8.1.3       Consents, Approvals and Permits of Governmental Authorities
8.1.4       Violation of Law
8.1.7(a)    Owned Real Property
8.1.7(b)    Bondholders Liens
8.1.8       Real Property Leases
8.1.9       Title Exceptions for Tangible Purchased Property
8.1.10      Material Adverse Changes
8.1.11(a)   Material Contracts - Limitations on Competition
8.1.11(b)   Material Contracts - Liens
8.1.11(c)   Material Contracts - Sale of Purchased Property
8.1.11(d)   Material Contracts - Public Communications
8.1.11(e)   Material Contracts - Ordinary Course
8.1.13      Exceptions to Tax Return Filings
8.1.14      State and Federal Claims/Suits
8.1.15(a)   Tariff Proceedings
8.1.15(b)   FCC Licenses
8.1.16(a)   Employee Matters - Sellers' Employee Benefit Plans
8.1.16(b)   Employee Matters - Sellers' Material Liabilities under ERISA
8.1.16(c)   Employee Matters - Sellers' ERISA Plans - Compliance
8.1.16(d)   Employee Matters - Sellers' Multiemployer Plans
8.1.16(e)   Employee Matters - Sellers' Union Representation
8.1.17      Telephone Plant
8.1.18      Real Property Interests List
8.1.19      Environmental Matters
8.1.20      Joint Construction Projects
8.1.21(a)   Financial Statement - Estimated Income Statement
8.1.21(b)   Financial Statement - Estimated Balance Sheet
8.1.21(c)   Financial Statement - Estimated Statement of Cash Flows
9.1         Transition Services Agreement
9.2         Optional Services Agreement
9.3.1       Directory Publishing Agreements
9.3.2       Co-Bound Directory Agreements
9.4         GTE Telecom Agreements
11.1        Employees and Employee Matters - Transferred Employees and LTD
              Recipients
11.1.1      Employees and Employee Matters - Collective Bargaining Agreements
11.1.2      Employees and Employee Matters - Employment Agreement Obligations
              and Exceptions
11.1.4      Employees and Employee Matters - Sellers' Bonus Plans
11.3.1      Employees and Employee Matters - Employment Loans


*  The Schedule numbers refer to the appropriate Section within the Agreement.

<PAGE>
                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


            THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered
into as of the  29th day of June,  1999,  by and  between  CenturyTel,  Inc.,  a
Louisiana  corporation  ("Buyer"),  and GTE  Arkansas  Incorporated,  a Delaware
corporation, GTE Midwest Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, and GTE Southwest
Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (collectively, "Sellers").

                                    RECITALS

            WHEREAS,  Sellers are in the business of providing  regulated  local
exchange telephone service in certain areas of the state of Arkansas; and

            WHEREAS,  Sellers  desire  to sell,  convey,  assign,  transfer  and
deliver to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase and accept from Sellers, certain
of their  telephone  properties and related assets used in the provision of such
service, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

            NOW, THEREFORE,  the parties hereto,  intending to be legally bound,
agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1
                                  DEFINITIONS

      1.1   Terms.  For purposes of this Agreement and any amendment hereto, the
            -----
following terms are defined as set out below or in the Section referenced below:

            "Accounts Receivable Settlement Statements" is defined in Section
10.16(b).

            "Acquired  Local Loop" means a "Local  Loop" as defined in 47 C.F.R.
Section 51.319(a) of the FCC's rules,  which Local Loop is part of the Purchased
Exchanges.

            "Active Employees" is defined in Section 11.1.

            "Additional Exchanges" is defined in Section 5.9.

            "Advanced   Billings"  means  amounts  arising  primarily  from  the
operation  of the  Business  that have been  billed by Sellers as of the Closing
Date but that are unearned because they relate to provision of service after the
Closing Date.

            "Affiliate"  means,  with  respect to any Person,  any other  Person
that, directly or indirectly,  through one or more intermediaries,  controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.

            "Allocation" is defined in Section 10.9.

            "Ancillary  Documents" means the Transition Services Agreement,  the
Optional Services Agreement,  the License Agreement,  the GTE Telecom Agreements
and the Bill of Sale and Assignment and Assumption Agreement.

            "Assigned  Contracts"  means  Contracts to which Sellers are a party
(i) which relate  primarily to the  operation  of the  Business,  other than the
Excluded  Contracts,  Real Property  Interests,  Real Property  Leases and Third
Party  Intellectual  Property  Contracts,  and (ii) any other  Contract to which
Sellers or their Affiliates are a party and is listed on Schedule 1.1-A.

            "Assigned  Permits"  means, to the extent  assignable,  all permits,
licenses, franchises,  approvals and authorizations of Sellers issued or granted
by any  Governmental  Authority  that relate  primarily to the  operation of the
Business, other than the FCC Licenses and the Excluded Permits.

            "Assumed Liabilities" is defined in Section 2.4.1

            "Automated Assets" is defined in Section 8.1.22.

            "Bargained Welfare Plans" is defined in Section 11.2.3(a).

            "Base Purchase Price" is defined in Section 3.1.

            "Bill of Sale and Assignment and Assumption Agreement" is defined
in Section 7.2(a).

            "Bondholder Consents" is defined in Section 4.2.

            "Bondholders" means the Persons listed on Schedule 8.1.7(b).

            "Business"  means the business of providing in the  geographic  area
serviced by the  Purchased  Exchanges  (i) local  exchange  (including  extended
community  calling  and  extended  area  service),  exchange  access,  switched,
dedicated,  special access,  tandem, end office switching service and intra-LATA
toll   telecommunications   services  to  end  users,   (ii)   exchange   access
telecommunications  services to interexchange  carriers and other local exchange
carriers, (iii) retail sales, leasing and maintenance of telephone equipment and
products  (including  customer premises  equipment),  (iv)  non-tariffed  public
communications  (pay  telephones)  and  commercial  telecommunications  services
facilities  leasing,   and  (v)  provision  of  subscriber  listing  information
(including directory services).

            "Buyer Pension" is defined in Section 11.2.1(c)(iii)(B).

            "Buyer Pension Plan" and "Buyer Pension Plans" are defined in
Section 11.2.1(b).

            "Buyer Savings Plan" and "Buyer Savings Plans" are defined in
Section 11.2.2(b).

            "Buyer Welfare Plans" is defined in Section 11.2.3(a).

            "Buyer's Actuary" is defined in Section 11.2.1(d)(ii).

            "Buyer's Closing Certificate" is defined in Section 6.2.1.

            "Calendar-Related" is defined in Section 8.1.22.

            "Capital Expenditure Amount" is defined in Section 5.6.

            "Capital Expenditure Deficiency" is defined in Section 5.6.

            "CERCLA" means the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

            "Closing" is defined in Section 7.1.

            "Closing Date" is defined in Section 7.1.

            "Closing Date Amount" is defined in Section 3.2(b).

            "Closing Date Statement" is defined in Section 3.3.

            "CLTA" is defined in Section 10.10.

            "Co-Bound Directories" is defined in Section 9.3.2.

            "Confidentiality Agreement" means the Confidentiality Agreement
dated as of August 24, 1998, between Buyer, Sellers and certain Affiliates of
Sellers.

            "Construction Advances" means advances collected by Sellers for the
future performance of non-regulated construction in the Purchased Exchanges.

            "Contracts" means all contracts, leases, indentures, agreements, and
other legally binding arrangements.

            "Customer  Advances" means amounts arising from the operation of the
Business  that have been billed and  collected by Sellers as of the Closing Date
but that are unearned  because they relate to the provision of service after the
Closing Date.

            "Customer Deposits" is defined in Section 10.7.

            "Date Data" is defined in Section 8.1.22.

            "Deposit" is defined in Section 3.4.

            "Deposit L/C" is defined in Section 3.4.

            "Direct Claim" is defined in Section 12.4(b).

            "DOJ" is defined in Section 4.5.

            "Due Diligence Materials" means all materials contained in the six
volumes delivered to Buyer on June 25, 1999.

            "Earned End-User Accounts Receivable"  means accounts receivable
arising  primarily  from the  operation of the Business that have been earned by
Sellers'  provision of service on or before the Closing Date  excluding  amounts
billed through the carrier access billing system to interexchange carriers.

            "Earned  End-User  Accounts  Receivable  Amount" means the aggregate
amount of all Earned End-User Accounts Receivable as of the Closing Date, less a
discount for anticipated uncollectible Earned End-User Accounts Receivable in an
amount  equal to the  Uncollectible  Factor  multiplied  by the Earned  End-User
Accounts Receivable as of the Closing Date.

            "Employment Agreements" is defined in Section 8.1.16(a).

            "Environmental  Requirements" means all federal,  state,  interstate
and local government or agency Laws relating to pollution or protection of human
health  and  safety or the  environment  (including,  without  limitation,  air,
surface water,  ground water,  land surface and subsurface  strata),  including,
without  limitation,  Laws  relating  to  emissions,   discharges,  releases  or
threatened  releases  of  Regulated  Materials;  or  otherwise  relating  to the
manufacture,   processing,  distribution,  use,  treatment,  storage,  disposal,
transportation or handling of Regulated Materials.

            "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended.

            "ERISA Plans" is defined in Section 8.1.16(a).

            "Estimated Non-Regulated Construction Work in Process Amount" is
defined in Section 3.2(a).

            "Estimated Regulatory Obligation Amount" is defined in Section
3.2(a).

            "Evaluation Material" is defined in the first paragraph of the
Confidentiality Agreement.

            "Excluded  Contracts"  means all billing and collection  agreements,
interconnection agreements, National Account Agreements, billing media
agreements, vehicle leasing agreements, except to the extent expressly listed on
Schedule 1.1-A, and (ii) such other agreements as are listed on Schedule 1.1-B.

            "Excluded  Marks" means all trademarks,  applications  for trademark
registration,  service marks, applications for service mark registration,  trade
names,  domain names and related  registrations owned by Sellers or an Affiliate
of Sellers, or licensed to Sellers or an Affiliate of Sellers by any Person, and
any derivations of the foregoing.

            "Excluded   Permits"  means  the  permits,   licenses,   franchises,
approvals and authorizations of Sellers by Governmental  Authorities that relate
to the Excluded Property.

            "Excluded Property" is defined in Section 2.3.

            "Executive  Officers" of Sellers means the regional president of the
region that  includes  the  Purchased  Exchanges,  the  general  manager and the
director of  infrastructure  provisioning  for the  Purchased  Exchanges and the
general manager of customer operations for the Purchased Exchanges.

            "Expiration Date" is defined in Section 12.1(a).

            "FCC" means the Federal Communications Commission.

            "FCC Consents" is defined in Section 4.4.

            "FCC Licenses"  means all licenses,  certificates,  permits or other
authorizations  granted  to Sellers  by the FCC that are used  primarily  in the
operation of the Business.

            "Final Order" is defined in Section 6.1.4.

            "Financial Statements" is defined in Section 8.1.21.

            "FRP" is defined in Section 11.2.3(e).

            "FTC" is defined in Section 4.5.

            "Future Capital Expenditure Obligations" is defined in Section
2.4.1(h).

            "Future Regulatory Obligations" is defined in Section 2.4.1(g).

            "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting
principles.

            "GATT Grandfathered Participant" is defined in Section
11.2.1(c)(ii)(C).

            "Governmental  Authority"  means any court or any federal,  state or
foreign  governmental,  legislative,  administrative or regulatory body, agency,
department, authority or other instrumentality.

            "GTE Telecom Agreements" is defined in Section 9.4.

            "GTE Telecom Assets" is defined in Section 9.4.

            "HSR Act" means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act
of 1976, as amended.

            "Indemnifiable Losses" is defined in Section 12.3(a).

            "Indemnification Payment" is defined in Section 12.3(a).

            "Indemnifying Party" is defined in Section 12.3(a).

            "Indemnitee" is defined in Section 12.3(a).

            "Intellectual  Property" means all inventions (whether patentable or
not and whether or not such inventions are described or claimed in any patent or
patent  application),  designs  (useful  or  ornamental),  and works  subject to
copyright protection, invention disclosures,  specifications, manuals, drawings,
functional or system block diagrams,  flow charts,  circuit diagrams,  design or
user documentation, engineering notebooks, schematics, test programs, documented
procedures,  documented processes,  documented flows, devices,  software (in any
form),  or  firmware,  and all  intellectual  property  rights  therein or based
thereon,   including  patents,  patent  applications  (including  continuations,
continuations-in-part,  divisions,  reissues), reexamined patents and extensions
thereof, copyrights (whether registered or unregistered), and trade secrets.

            "IRC" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

            "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service.

            "Joint Construction Projects" is defined in Section 2.4.1(d).

            "LTD Recipient" is defined in Section 11.7.

            "Law" or  "Laws"  means  any  statute,  rule,  regulation,  mandate,
decree, decision, order or ordinance of any Governmental Authority.

            "Leased Real  Property"  means the real  property  leased to Sellers
under the Real Property Leases.

            "License  Agreement" means the license agreement  attached hereto as
Schedule  1.1-D  pursuant to which  Sellers  grant to Buyer  certain  rights and
licenses under Licensed Intellectual Property.

            "Licensed  Intellectual  Property" means Intellectual Property owned
by Sellers,  and Third Party  Intellectual  Property  licensed to Sellers  which
Sellers have the right to  sublicense  to Buyer and its  Affiliates  without the
payment  of  compensation  or  other  consideration  to any  Person,  and  which
Intellectual Property and Third Party Intellectual Property (i) are required for
the use or  maintenance  (to the extent not provided by the owner or licensor of
the Third Party  Intellectual  Property) of the  Purchased  Exchanges,  (ii) are
located in the geographic area of the Purchased Exchanges, and (iii) are used in
the  operation  of  the  Business  as of the  Closing;  provided  that  Licensed
Intellectual Property shall at all times be Excluded Property.

            "Lien" means any lien, charge,  pledge, option,  mortgage,  security
interest, right of first refusal or other encumbrance.

            "Material  Adverse Effect" means a materially  adverse effect on the
Business  or the  Purchased  Property,  taken as a  whole,  other  than  effects
relating to or arising from (i) the execution of this Agreement, (ii) the United
States  economy  generally  or  Arkansas  in  particular,  or  (iii)  events  or
circumstances that affect the Business in the same manner and to the same extent
as other businesses in the industry generally.

            "Material  and  Supply  Inventory"  is  defined in the FCC's Part 32
Uniform System of Accounts.

            "Material Consents" is defined in Section 4.3.

            "Material Contracts" is defined in Section 8.1.11.

            "Merger" means the proposed  merger  involving GTE  Corporation  and
Bell Atlantic Corporation and their respective Subsidiaries.

            "National Account  Agreements"  means agreements  between Sellers or
their Affiliates with those customers listed on Schedule 1.1-E.

            "NECA" is defined in Section 10.6.1.

            "Non-Regulated  Construction"  means  all  construction  related  to
non-tariffed activities, including PBX, CPE and related construction activities.

            "Non-Regulated  Construction  Work in Process  Amount" means amounts
expended by Sellers for  non-regulated  construction  work not  completed  as of
Closing Date, net of Construction  Advances related to such  construction  work.
Non-Regulated  Construction Work in Process Amount is billable by Buyer to third
parties after Closing Date.

            "Non-Union Welfare Plans" is defined in Section 11.2.3(a).

            "Optional Services Agreement" is defined in Section 9.2.

            "Owned Real  Property"  means the real  property (i) owned in fee by
Sellers,  (ii) located in the  geographic  area of the  Purchased  Exchanges and
(iii)used  primarily  in the  operation  of the  Business,  including  all land,
buildings, structures, appurtenances and improvements located thereon.

            "Participant Loans" is defined in Section 11.2.2(c)(i).

            "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

            "Pension Assets" is defined in Section 11.2.1(d)(i).

            "Periodic Taxes" is defined in Section 10.5.

            "Permitted  Encumbrances"  means  (i) Liens  for  current  Taxes and
assessments  not yet  delinquent,  or the amount or  validity  of which is being
contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings  during which  collection or
enforcement  against the  relevant  property is stayed,  (ii)  standard  utility
easements,  covenants and  restrictions of record that do not individually or in
the  aggregate  materially  interfere  with the  operation  of the  Business  as
currently  conducted  on  the  Owned  Real  Property  affected  thereby,   (iii)
mechanics',   carriers',   workers',   repairers'  and  other  statutory  Liens,
satisfaction of which has not come due in the ordinary course of business,  (iv)
existing  zoning or similar Laws or ordinances  that do not  interfere  with the
operation of the Business,  (v) leases otherwise  disclosed herein, and (vi) any
other  Liens  that  do not  materially  interfere  with  the  operations  of the
Purchased Property in a manner consistent with the current use by Sellers.

            "Person"  means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust,
association, limited liability company or similar entity or organization.

            "Plans" is defined in Section 8.1.16(a).

            "Price-Cap  Regulation  Entity" means an entity subject to price-cap
regulation  within the meaning of 47 C.F.R Section 61.41(c)(2) (the "all-or-
nothing" rule).

            "Proration Periods" is defined in Section 10.5.

            "Publisher" is defined in Section 9.3.1.

            "Publishing Agreement" is defined in Section 9.3.1.

            "PUC" shall mean the Public Utilities Commission of the State of
Arkansas.

            "Purchase Price" is defined in Section 3.3(c).

            "Purchased Exchanges" means the telephone exchanges listed in
Schedule 1.1-C.

            "Purchased Property" is defined in Section 2.2.

            "Rate-of-Return  Regulation  Entity"  means an entity not subject to
price-cap  regulation within the meaning of 47 C.F.R.  Section  61.41(c)(2) (the
"all-or-nothing" rule).

            "Real  Property  Interests"  means  all  easements,  rights  of way,
licenses or other  interests in real property of Sellers that are used primarily
in the operation of the Business,  and are located in the geographic area of the
Purchased Exchanges, other than Owned Real Property or Leased Real Property.

            "Real Property Leases" means the Leases set forth on Schedule 8.1.8.

            "Regulated Material" means (i) any "hazardous  substance" as defined
in  CERCLA,  (ii) any  petroleum  or  petroleum  substance,  and (iii) any other
pollutant,  waste, contaminant, or other substance regulated under Environmental
Requirements.

            "Regulatory Approvals" is defined in Section 4.1.

            "Regulatory Obligation Amount" is defined in Section 3.1.

            "Retained  Books and Records"  means,  collectively,  all  corporate
records and stock books of Sellers and their Affiliates, the general ledger, all
records  required  by Law to be  retained  by Sellers  and all books and records
relating to (i) Tax Returns  and Tax  records,  (ii)  Excluded  Property,  (iii)
attorney work product,  and (iv) the Retained  Liabilities;  provided that where
reasonably necessary or prudent, "Retained Books and Records" shall also include
copies of the Transferred Books and Records.

            "Retained Future Capital Expenditure Obligations" is defined in
Section 2.4.1(h).

            "Retained Future Regulatory Obligations" is defined in Section
2.4.1(g).

            "Retained Liabilities" is defined in Section 2.4.2.

            "Retired Non-Union Transferred Employee" is defined in Section
11.2.3(b)(ii).

            "Sellers' Actuary" is defined in Section 11.2.1(d)(ii).

            "Sellers' Bonus Plans" is defined in Section 11.1.4.

            "Sellers' Closing Certificate" is defined in Section 6.1.1.

            "Sellers' Hourly Pension Plan" is defined in Section
11.2.1(a)(ii).

            "Sellers' LTD Plan" is defined in Section 11.7.

            "Sellers' Pension" is defined in Section 11.2.1(c)(iii)(B).

            "Sellers' Pension Plan" and "Sellers' Pension Plans" are defined
in Section 11.2.1(a)(ii).

            "Sellers' Salaried Pension Plan" is defined in Section
11.2.1(a)(i).

            "Sellers' Savings Plans" is defined in Section 11.2.2(a).

            "Sellers' Welfare Plans" is defined in Section 11.2.3(a).

            "Switch  Software" means any telephone  switch software  licensed to
Sellers which software is necessary to Sellers' current operation and use of any
telephone  switching equipment in the Purchased Exchanges and which equipment is
included in Telephone Plant.

            System Date" is defined in Section 8.1.22.

            "Tax Returns" means a report,  return or other information statement
required to be supplied to or filed with a  Governmental  Authority with respect
to Taxes.

            "Tax(es)" means any foreign, federal, state, county or local income,
sales,  use,  transfer,  excise,  franchise,  stamp duty,  custom duty, real and
personal  property,  gross  receipt,  capital  stock,  business and  occupation,
disability,   employment,   payroll,   recording,   ad   valorem,   unemployment
compensation,   profits,  registration,   social  security,  estimated,  add-on,
minimum,  or withholding tax relating to the Business or the Purchased Exchanges
and any interest and  penalties  and additions to such taxes (civil or criminal)
related thereto or to the nonpayment thereof and related notarial fees.

            "Telephone Plant" means (i) Owned Real Property,  (ii) Real Property
Interests,  and (iii) the machinery,  equipment,  inventory,  vehicles  (whether
currently  owned or leased by Sellers) and all other assets and properties  used
primarily  in the  operation  of the  Business,  including  all plant,  systems,
structures,  construction work in progress,  telephone cable (whether in service
or under  construction),  microwave  facilities  (including  frequency  spectrum
assignment),  telephone line facilities,  machinery, furniture, fixtures, tools,
implements, conduits, stations, substations, equipment (including central office
equipment,  subscriber station equipment, network connection equipment and other
equipment in general),  instruments, house wiring connections and other personal
property  used  primarily  in the  operation  of the Business and located in the
Purchased  Exchanges,   other  than  Excluded  Property.  Without  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing,  Telephone  Plant includes the assets that would be
properly included in the fixed assets referenced in Part 32 of the FCC Rules and
Regulations  (47 CFR,  Part 32),  as such  accounts  are  reflected  in Schedule
8.1.17.

            "Third Party Claim" is defined in Section 12.4(a).

            "Third Party  Intellectual  Property"  means  Intellectual  Property
owned by any Person,  other than Sellers,  without regard as to whether  Sellers
have any rights therein or the right to assign such rights to Buyer.

            "Third Party Intellectual Property Contracts" is defined in
Section 10.1.4.

            "Total Service Pension" is defined in Section 11.2.1(c)(iii)(B).

            "Transaction Taxes" is defined in Section 10.11.

            "Transferred  Books and Records"  means all of Sellers'  customer or
subscriber lists and records, accounts and billing records, plant and continuing
property  records,  plans,  blueprints,   specifications,   drawings,   surveys,
engineering   reports,   personnel  records  of  Transferred   Employees  (where
applicable),  tariffs,  orders  or  other  material  correspondence  or  records
relating to regulation of the Business by any  Governmental  Authority,  and all
other documents,  computer data and records,  in each case relating primarily to
the operation of the Business, except for the Retained Books and Records.

            "Transferred Employees" is defined in Section 11.1.

            "Transition Services Agreement" is defined in Section 9.1.

            "Transitional  Year" means any  calendar  year  (beginning  with the
calendar year in which the Closing occurs) in which USF  distributions are based
upon the  costs,  whether  historic  costs or  forward-looking  economic  costs,
reported for a calendar  year in which Seller owned the Acquired  Local Loop for
any part of such calendar year.

            "Uncollectible Factor" is defined in Section 10.16.

            "USAC" is defined in Section 10.6.1.

            "USF" is defined in Section 10.6.1.

            "Vacation Proration Amount" is defined in Section 11.3.2.

            "Year 2000 Compliant" is defined in Section 8.1.22.

      1.2   Interpretation.
            ---------------

                 (a)  Unless the context otherwise requires,(i) all references
to Sections,  Articles or Schedules are to Sections, Articles or Schedules of or
to this  Agreement,  (ii) each  accounting  term not  otherwise  defined in this
Agreement  has the meaning  assigned to it in  accordance  with GAAP,  (iii) all
references  to the  "knowledge  of  Sellers"  are  deemed to refer to the actual
knowledge of the Executive Officers of Sellers,  (iv) the term "primarily" means
primarily or exclusively,  and (v) the term "including"  means including without
limitation.

                 (b)  No provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in
favor of or against  either of the  parties by reason of the extent to which any
such party or its counsel  participated in the drafting  thereof or by reason of
the extent to which any such provision is  inconsistent  with any prior draft of
such provision or of this Agreement.

                 (c)  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the
event of any dispute  concerning the  "knowledge" of a party to this  Agreement,
the burden of proof shall be on the party  asserting that another party had such
knowledge.

                                   ARTICLE 2
                          PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS

      2.1   Purchase and Sale of Assets. Upon the terms and subject to the
            ---------------------------
conditions of this Agreement,  Sellers hereby agree to sell,  convey,  transfer,
assign and deliver to Buyer and Buyer  hereby  agrees to  purchase,  acquire and
accept from Sellers,  in each case effective as of the Closing,  all of Sellers'
right, title and interest in and to the Purchased Property.

      2.2   Purchased Property.  The term "Purchased Property" means all the
            ------------------
following  business,  properties,  assets and  rights of Sellers on the  Closing
Date, other than the Excluded Property:

                 (i)    Telephone Plant;
                 (ii)   Earned End-User Accounts  Receivable;
                 (iii)  Material and Supply Inventory
                 (iv)   Non-Regulated Construction Work In Process
                 (v)    FCC Licenses and Assigned Permits;
                 (vi)   Assigned Contracts;
                 (vii)  Transferred Books and Records;
                 (viii) Real Property Leases;
                 (ix)   Advance Billings;
                 (x)    Insurance proceeds of Sellers arising from any loss,
                        damage or destruction of Purchased  Property between the
                        date hereof and the Closing Date, to the extent that (1)
                        such  Purchased   Property  has  not  been  replaced  by
                        Sellers,  and (2) such insurance  proceeds do not exceed
                        the replacement cost of such Purchased Property; and
                 (xi)   All other business, property, assets and rights of
                        Sellers on the Closing Date not described above that
                        relate primarily to the Purchased Exchanges.

      2.3   Excluded Property.  For purposes of this Agreement,"Excluded
            -----------------
Property" means the following:

                 (a)    Cash,cash equivalents and investments;

                 (b)    All rights of Sellers and their Affiliates under this
Agreement, the Ancillary Documents and the certificates and other documents
delivered to Sellers by Buyer in connection with this Agreement;

                 (c)    All records prepared in connection with the sale of the
Business, including bids received from third parties and analysis relating to
the Business;

                 (d)    All rights and obligations related to the Retained
Liabilities;

                 (e)    The Retained Books and Records;

                 (f)    Sellers' interests in any business other than the
Business, including the provision of wireless service (cellular and PCS),
inter-LATA  long  distance and internet  service or internet  related  services,
air-to-ground  communications  (air phone  service),  and any  Excluded  Permits
related  thereto,  and all assets of Sellers and their  Affiliates  used in con-
nection  with any such  business  or related  thereto,  and all  assets  used by
Sellers and their Affiliates in rendering  corporate  services to Sellers or the
Business that are located  outside the geographic area serviced by the Purchased
Exchanges

                 (g)    Such other assets (i.e.,encryption decoder devices,
AWAS terminals, SODA, etc.), if any, as set forth on Schedule 2.3(g);

                 (h)    The Excluded Contracts;

                 (i)    The Excluded Marks;

                 (j)    All Intellectual Property,including the Licensed
Intellectual  Property and Third Party  Intellectual  Property  (except for such
rights to possess and use Third Party  Intellectual  Property as may be assigned
in accordance with Section 10.1.4); and

                 (k)    All of Sellers' insurance proceeds arising in connection
with the operation of the Business or the Purchased Property prior to the
Closing, except as described in Section 2.2(x).

      2.4   Assumption of Liabilities.
            -------------------------
            2.4.1 Assumed Liabilities.  Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions of this Agreement,  Buyer hereby agrees to assume,  as of the Closing
Date,  and agrees,  beginning on the day  following  the Closing  Date,  to pay,
perform and discharge when due the following (the "Assumed Liabilities"):

                 (a)    Ordinary Course.  All liabilities, responsibilities and
obligations  (including Taxes), arising out of or accruing or resulting from the
use or ownership  of the  Purchased  Property in the  ordinary  course after the
Closing Date;

                 (b)    Employment Matters.  All liabilities, responsibilities
and obligations of Buyer as provided in Article 11 with respect to Transferred
Employees;

                 (c)    Assigned Contracts, Real Property Interests and Real
Property Leases.  All liabilities,  responsibilities  and obligations that arise
after the  Closing  Date in  connection  with the  performance  of the  Assigned
Contracts, Real Property Interests and the Real Property Leases;

                 (d)    Joint Construction Projects.  All liabilities,  respon-
sibilities  and  obligations  to third parties that relate to  arrangements  and
commitments   between   Sellers  and  a  third  party  related  to  post-Closing
engineering  and  construction  required to complete  scheduled  construction of
mutual transmission  facilities between various switching points included in the
Purchased Exchanges ("Joint Construction Projects");

                 (e)    Construction in Progress. All liabilities, responsibi-
lities and  obligations  relating to post-Closing  engineering and  construction
required  to  complete  scheduled  construction  and other  capital  expenditure
projects for the Purchased Exchanges;

                 (f)    Customer Advances, Advance Billings, Customer Deposits
and Construction  Advances.  All liabilities,  responsibilities  and obligations
relating  to  Customer  Advances,   Advance  Billings,   Customer  Deposits  and
Construction Advances;

                 (g)    Future Regulatory Obligations.  All liabilities,
responsibilities   and  obligations,   other  than  Future  Capital  Expenditure
Obligations,  related  to  the  Purchased  Exchanges  arising  out  of  any  Law
promulgated  or issued by a  Governmental  Authority  after the Closing  Date or
other  action  taken  by  a  Governmental  Authority  after  the  Closing  Date,
regardless  of whether  such Law or action is or purports to be based on conduct
or  actions  that  occurred  at any time  prior  to the  Closing  Date  ("Future
Regulatory  Obligations"),  except  that Buyer  shall not be liable for any such
Future Regulatory Obligation arising directly out of any intentional  misconduct
by Sellers or conduct by Sellers that was not  reasonably  prudent  based on the
circumstances  prevailing  at the time that  occurred  prior to the Closing Date
("Retained Future Regulatory Obligations");  provided that (i) Sellers' reliance
on  reasonable  interpretation  of  existing  Law or  practice  shall be  deemed
reasonably  prudent,  and (ii) Sellers shall not retain any liability for Future
Regulatory  Obligations  to the  extent  that the  costs  associated  with  such
obligations are included in Buyer's rate base for the Purchased Exchanges;

                 (h)    Future Capital Expenditure Obligations. All liabilities,
responsibilities  and obligations related to the Purchased Exchanges arising out
of any Law  promulgated  or issued by a  Governmental  Authority or other action
taken by a Governmental  Authority requiring any capital expenditure (other than
a Future Regulatory Obligation) after the date of this Agreement,  regardless of
whether  such Law or  action is or  purports  to be based on  conduct,  facts or
actions that occurred at any time prior to the date of this  Agreement  ("Future
Capital Expenditure Obligations"), except that Buyer shall not be liable for any
such  Future  Capital  Expenditure   Obligation  arising  directly  out  of  any
intentional  misconduct by Sellers or conduct by Sellers that was not reasonably
prudent  based on the  circumstances  prevailing at the time  ("Retained  Future
Capital  Expenditure  Obligations");  provided  that (i)  Sellers'  reliance  on
reasonable interpretation of existing Law or practice shall be deemed reasonably
prudent,  and (ii) Sellers  shall not retain any  liability  for Future  Capital
Expenditure  Obligations  to the  extent  that the  costs  associated  with such
obligations are included in Buyer's rate base for the Purchased Exchanges. Prior
to the Closing Date,  Sellers shall notify Buyer of all material  Future Capital
Expenditure  Obligations  within a  reasonable  time after  publication  of said
obligations by a Governmental Authority; and

                 (i)    Litigation and Claims.  All liabilities and obligations
arising out of (i) litigation  and claims that arise out of an occurrence  after
the Closing Date,  (ii)  litigation  and claims in respect of Future  Regulatory
Obligations  (other than Retained Future Regulatory  Obligations)  regardless of
when filed, and (iii) claims of a Governmental Authority arising from or related
to a  Future  Regulatory  Obligation  (other  than  Retained  Future  Regulatory
Obligations).

Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Section  2.4.1  to the  contrary,  "Assumed
Liabilities" shall not include any liabilities,  responsibilities or obligations
expressly included in Retained Liabilities pursuant to Section 2.4.2.

            2.4.2 Retained Liabilities.  Sellers jointly and severally shall
retain and shall pay, perform and discharge when due, the following liabilities,
responsibilities  and  obligations  of  Sellers  (the  "Retained  Liabilities");
provided   that   Retained   Liabilities   shall  not  include  any   liability,
responsibility or obligation with respect to any matter that is the subject of a
representation,  warranty  or covenant  by Sellers  (breaches  of which shall be
handled in accordance with Article 12):

                 (a)    Subject to Section 10.5, all trade payables and other
accrued payment obligations of Sellers as of the Closing Date;

                 (b)    All debt of Sellers (including indebtedness to the
Bondholders) and debt of Sellers owed to any one or more of their Affiliates;

                 (c)    Subject to Section 10.5, all federal, state and local
income, franchise, gross receipts and similar Taxes of Sellers or their consoli-
dated or combined  group and all  federal,  state and local  income,  franchise,
gross receipts and sales, use, property or other Taxes relating to the operation
of the Business on or before the Closing Date or the use, ownership or operation
of the Purchased Property on or before the Closing Date;

                 (d)    Except to the extent otherwise provided in Article 11,
all  liabilities  and  obligations  arising on or before the  Closing  Date with
respect  to  the   Transferred   Employees,   including   (i)  all   liabilities
responsibilities  and obligations arising on or before the Closing Date relating
to collective bargaining agreements or other union Contracts,  and (ii) any such
liabilities or obligations  that arise after the Closing Date to the extent that
such  liabilities and obligations  relate to facts,  circumstances or conditions
arising or occurring on or before the Closing  Date,  but  excluding  any Future
Regulatory Obligations with respect to the Transferred Employees;

                 (e)    All liabilities, responsibilities and obligations
resulting from (i)  litigation and claims that arise out of an occurrence  prior
to the Closing Date,  (ii)  litigation and claims in respect of Retained  Future
Regulatory  Obligations  and (iii)  litigation and claims in respect of Retained
Future Capital Expenditure Obligations;

                 (f)    Any Retained Future Regulatory Obligations and any
Retained Future Capital Expenditure Obligations; and

                 (g)    All liabilities, responsibilities and obligations with
respect to the Excluded Property and Excluded Contracts.

      2.5   No Assignment Without Consent.  Notwithstanding  anything to the
            -----------------------------
contrary contained in this Agreement,  to the extent that the sale,  conveyance,
transfer,  assignment  or  delivery or  attempted  sale,  conveyance,  transfer,
assignment  or  delivery  to  Buyer of any  Purchased  Property  (including  any
Contract) is prohibited by any applicable Law or would require any  governmental
or  third-party  authorizations,   approvals,   consents  or  waivers  and  such
authorizations,  approvals,  consents  or waivers  shall not have been  obtained
prior to the Closing,  this Agreement  shall not constitute a sale,  conveyance,
transfer,  assignment or delivery, or an attempted sale,  conveyance,  transfer,
assignment  or delivery  thereof,  if any of the  foregoing  would  constitute a
breach of applicable  Law or the rights of any third party;  provided,  however,
that,  except to the extent that a  condition  to Closing set forth in Article 6
relating  to the  foregoing  shall not be  satisfied,  the  Closing  shall occur
notwithstanding  the foregoing  without any  adjustment to the Purchase Price on
account of such required authorization. Following the Closing, the parties shall
use their commercially  reasonable efforts, and shall cooperate with each other,
to  obtain  promptly  such  authorizations,   approvals,  consents  or  waivers;
provided,  however,  that neither Sellers nor Buyer nor any of their  respective
Affiliates  shall be  required  to pay any  consideration  therefor,  other than
filing, recordation or similar fees payable to any Governmental Authority, which
fees shall be shared equally by Sellers and Buyer.  Pending or in the absence of
such  authorization,  approval,  consent or waiver,  the parties shall cooperate
with each other in any  reasonable and lawful  arrangements  to provide to Buyer
the benefits and  liabilities of use of such Purchased  Property  including,  if
permitted  by the terms of any  applicable  Real  Property  Lease or  applicable
Material Contract,  through a sublease or subcontract in accordance with Article
4. If such authorization,  approval, consent or waiver for the sale, conveyance,
transfer,  assignment  or delivery of any such  Purchased  Property is obtained,
Sellers shall  promptly  convey,  transfer,  assign and deliver,  or cause to be
conveyed, transferred, assigned and delivered, such Purchased Property to Buyer.

                                   ARTICLE 3
                           ARTICLE 3. PURCHASE PRICE

      3.1   Purchase Price.  The purchase price for the Purchased  Property
            ---------------
shall be the sum of (i) eight  hundred  forty-three  million three hundred fifty
thousand  dollars  ($843,350,000)  (the "Base  Purchase  Price"),  (ii)  amounts
expended  by Sellers  to comply  with  Future  Capital  Expenditure  Obligations
between  the  date of this  Agreement  and the  Closing  Date  (the  "Regulatory
Obligation  Amount"),  and (iii) the Non-Regulated  Construction Work in Process
Amount,  minus (iv) any  Capital  Expenditure  Deficiency  and (v) any  Vacation
Proration  Amount  (assuming that Buyer receives a credit under Section  11.3.2,
but if Sellers receive a credit, the Vacation Proration Amount shall be added to
the Purchase Price).

      3.2   Closing Date Estimate.
            ---------------------
                 (a)    Not less than three (3) business days prior to the
Closing Date,  Sellers will give to Buyer a notice,  setting forth Sellers' good
faith  estimate as of the Closing Date of (i) the Regulatory  Obligation  Amount
(the  "Estimated   Regulatory   Obligation  Amount"),   (ii)  the  Non-Regulated
Construction Work in Process Amount (the "Estimated  Non-Regulated  Construction
Work in Process Amount"),  (iii) any Capital Expenditure  Deficiency and (v) any
Vacation Proration Amount.

                 (b)    On the Closing Date, Buyer shall pay to Sellers an
amount  equal  to the sum of (i) the Base  Purchase  Price,  (ii) the  Estimated
Regulatory Obligation Amount, and (iii) the Estimated Non-Regulated Construction
Work in Process Amount,  minus (iv) any Capital  Expenditure  Deficiency and (v)
any  Vacation  Proration  Amount  (assuming  that Buyer  receives a credit under
Section 11.3.2,  but if Sellers receive a credit,  the Vacation Proration Amount
shall be added to the Purchase  Price) (the "Closing Date Amount").  The Closing
Date  Amount  shall  be paid by  delivery  on the  Closing  Date of  immediately
available  funds in U.S.  dollars by wire  transfer to an account  that  Sellers
shall  designate  to Buyer at least two (2)  business  days prior to the Closing
Date. Payments from Buyer to Sellers for Earned End-User Accounts Receivable and
from Sellers to Buyer for Customer  Advances  and Customer  Deposits  will occur
subsequent to Closing in accordance with Article 10.

      3.3   Closing Date Statement.
            ----------------------
                 (a)    Within sixty (60) days after Closing Date, Sellers shall
prepare and deliver to Buyer a written  statement (with  appropriate  supporting
documentation)  of  the  Base  Purchase  Price,  Regulatory  Obligation  Amount,
Non-Regulated  Construction  Work in Process  Amount,  any  Capital  Expenditure
Deficiency and any Vacation Proration Amount ("Closing Date Statement").

                 (b)    Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Closing
Date Statement,  Buyer shall, in a written notice to Sellers,  either accept the
Closing Date Statement or describe in reasonable detail any proposed adjustments
to the Closing Date  Statement and the reasons  therefore.  If Sellers shall not
have  received a notice of  proposed  adjustments  within  such  thirty (30) day
period,  Buyer will be deemed  irrevocably  to have  accepted  such Closing Date
Statement.

                 (c)    Upon the acceptance of any Closing Date Statement by
Buyer, the parties shall,  based  thereupon,  calculate the Base Purchase Price,
Regulatory  Obligation  Amount and  Non-Regulated  Construction  Work in Process
Amount  (collectively,  the "Purchase Price").  If the Purchase Price as finally
determined above is greater than the Closing Date Amount,  Buyer shall promptly,
but no later than three (3) business days after such acceptance,  pay to Sellers
the amount of such difference. If the Purchase Price as determined above is less
than the Closing Date Amount,  Sellers shall  promptly,  but no later than three
(3)  business  days  after  such  acceptance,  pay to Buyer  the  amount of such
difference.

                 (d)    Sellers and Buyer shall negotiate in good faith to
resolve  any  disputes  over  any  proposed  adjustments  to  the  Closing  Date
Statement,  provided that if any such dispute is not resolved within thirty (30)
days following Sellers' receipt of any proposed  adjustments  delivered by Buyer
pursuant  to  Section  3.3(b)  , Buyer  and  Sellers  jointly  shall  select  an
independent  public accounting firm that is nationally  recognized in the United
States to resolve such  disputes in  accordance  with the standards set forth in
this  Section 3.3,  which  resolution  shall be final and binding.  The fees and
expenses of such accounting firm shall be shared by Buyer and Sellers in inverse
proportion to the relative  amounts of the disputed amount  determined to be for
the account of Buyer and Sellers, respectively.

                 (e)    If Buyer disputes any portion of the Closing Date
Statement, the parties shall calculate the portion of the Closing Date Statement
that is not the subject of any dispute or proposed adjustment. If the undisputed
portion  of the  Closing  Date  Statement  (i) is  greater  than the  respective
estimated amounts paid on the Closing Date, Buyer shall promptly pay Sellers the
amount of such difference, or (ii) is less than the respective estimated amounts
paid on the Closing Date,  Sellers  shall  promptly pay Buyer the amount of such
difference.   Payments  with  respect  to  any  undisputed   portions  of  these
adjustments  shall be made no later than three (3) business days after  delivery
of the notice of the proposed  adjustments.  Upon resolution of any dispute over
any proposed  adjustments as described above in Section 3.3(d), a party which is
determined to owe the other party an amount shall pay that amount promptly,  but
no later than three (3) business days after resolution.

                 (f)    Any amount payable pursuant to this Section 3.3 after
the date  which is ninety  (90) days  following  the  Closing  Date  shall  bear
interest from such ninetieth day through but excluding the date of payment, at a
rate of eight percent (8%) per annum.  Such  interest  shall accrue daily on the
basis of a year of three hundred  sixty-five (365) days and the actual number of
days for which  interest  is due and shall be payable  together  with the amount
payable  pursuant to this  Section  3.3.  All amounts  payable  pursuant to this
Section  3.3 shall be paid by delivery of  immediately  available  funds in U.S.
dollars  by wire  transfer  to, in the case of  amounts  payable  by Buyer,  the
account  identified  by Sellers  as  described  in 3.2 above or to an  alternate
account that Sellers may  designate  on the Closing Date  Statement  and, in the
case of amounts  payable by  Sellers,  to such  account of Buyer as Buyer  shall
designate in writing to Sellers.

      3.4   Performance Deposit
            -------------------
                 (a)    Concurrently with the execution and delivery hereof,
Buyer shall pay to Sellers by wire transfer of immediately  available  funds the
sum of forty-two million one hundred  sixty-seven  thousand five hundred dollars
($42,167,500),  an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Base Purchase  Price
(the "Deposit"), to be held by Sellers against payment of the Purchase Price and
as  security  for  the  performance  by  Buyer  of its  obligations  under  this
Agreement.

                 (b)    Buyer may elect to deliver the Deposit to Sellers in
cash or in the form of an irrevocable,  clean,  standby letter of credit for the
same  amount  (the  "Deposit  L/C").  The  Deposit  L/C  shall  (i) be in a form
reasonably  acceptable to Sellers, (ii) be issued in favor of Sellers under this
Agreement  and (iii) be issued by a bank  that has a  long-term  unsecured  debt
rating of at least A+ by Standard & Poor's Rating Services and that is otherwise
reasonably satisfactory to Sellers. The Deposit L/C (and any replacement thereof
furnished in accordance  with this Section 3.4(b) shall have an expiration  date
no earlier than the first  anniversary of the date of issuance thereof and shall
be automatically renewed from year to year unless stated not to be so renewed by
the issuer  thereof in a written  notice  given to the  Sellers not less than 30
days prior to the  expiration  thereof.  In the event of the  termination of the
Deposit  L/C (and any  replacement  thereof  furnished  in  accordance  with the
provisions of this Section 3.4(b)), Buyer shall deliver to Sellers a replacement
letter or letters  of credit in lieu  thereof no later than 30 days prior to the
expiration of the preceding letter of credit.  If Buyer shall fail to obtain any
replacement  of the Deposit L/C (and/or any  replacement  thereof  furnished  in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.4(b)),  then Sellers shall draw
down the full  amount of the  existing  letter of credit  and retain the same as
security  for the  covenants,  agreements  and  obligations  of Buyer under this
Agreement.  Any  replacement  of any Deposit  L/C shall be in a form  reasonably
acceptable to Sellers. Buyer acknowledges that Sellers have agreed to accept the
Deposit L/C in lieu of a cash down payment  against the Purchase Price solely as
an accommodation to Buyer.

                 (c)    If the transfer of the Purchased Property as contem-
plated  hereunder is  consummated,  then the Deposit shall be paid to Sellers at
the Closing and credited  against the Base  Purchase  Price.  If Buyer elects to
deliver the Deposit L/C in lieu of cash, Sellers shall draw down the full amount
of the Deposit  L/C at the Closing and pay such  proceeds to Sellers as a credit
against the Base Purchase Price.

                 (d)    Sellers acknowledge that, upon two (2) business days
prior  written  notice to  Sellers,  Buyer  shall  have the right to  deliver to
Sellers a cash payment of $42,167,500, and upon receipt of such payment, Sellers
shall return to Buyer the Deposit L/C.

                 (e)   The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that their
respective rights and obligations related to the Deposit are described in
Section 13.3.

                                   ARTICLE 4
                 REQUIRED APPROVALS, CONSENTS AND NOTIFICATIONS

      4.1   State Regulatory Approval. Promptly after the date of this Agreement
            -------------------------
Buyer and Sellers shall file the appropriate  applications  and notices with the
PUC,  seeking  orders  permitting  the  transfer  of  service  in the  Purchased
Exchanges to Buyer  (collectively,  the "Regulatory  Approvals").  Buyer will be
responsible for establishing  the tariff for its post-Closing  operations in the
Purchased Exchanges.  Buyer agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to
obtain the Regulatory  Approvals and Sellers agree to cooperate fully with Buyer
and with the applicable  regulatory agency to obtain the Regulatory Approvals at
the earliest practicable date.

      4.2   Bondholder Consents. Sellers shall use their commercially reasonable
            -------------------
efforts to obtain from their Bondholders the termination or release, at Closing,
of all  security  agreements,  mortgages,  financing  statements  or other Liens
running in favor of the Bondholders and relating to the Purchased Property (such
termination  or  release  being  hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Bondholder
Consents").  Buyer  agrees to  cooperate in good faith with Sellers in obtaining
the required Bondholder Consents.

      4.3   Material Consents.  Promptly after the date hereof, the parties
            -----------------
shall use their commercially  reasonable efforts to mutually seek the consent of
the lessor under any Real Property Lease with respect to a central office or any
license with respect to Switch Software which lease or license  requires consent
as a condition  to an  assignment,  and which is  identified  on Schedule 4.3 or
Schedule 8.1.8 (the "Material  Consents").  If a lessor or licensor refuses to
consent to an assignment, and if the applicable lease or license permits a
sublease  or  sublicense  without  the  consent of the lessor or  licensor,  the
parties  hereto  shall,  effective as of the  Closing,  enter into a sublease or
sublicense  upon terms and conditions as similar and comparable to an assignment
of the lease or license as is reasonably feasible.

      4.4   FCC Consents. Promptly after the date of this Agreement, the parties
            ------------
shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain (i) the FCC's consent
to the transfer of the FCC Licenses from Sellers to Buyer, (ii) the FCC consents
and waivers set forth on Schedule  4.4 and (iii) the FCC Final  Orders (all such
consents, waivers or orders are collectively referred to as the "FCC Consents").

      4.5   HSR Act Review. Within thirty (30) business days after the date of
            --------------
this Agreement, the parties will make such filings as may be required by the HSR
Act with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Thereafter,
the parties will file as promptly as practicable  all reports or other documents
required or requested by the U.S. Federal Trade  Commission  ("FTC") or the U.S.
Department  of Justice  ("DOJ")  pursuant to the HSR Act or  otherwise  and will
comply  promptly  with  any  requests  by  the  FTC or the  DOJ  for  additional
information  concerning such transactions,  so that the waiting period specified
in the HSR Act will expire as soon as  reasonably  possible  after the execution
and delivery of this  Agreement.  Without  limiting the  foregoing,  Sellers and
Buyer agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate and oppose
any preliminary  injunction sought by any Governmental  Authority preventing the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Buyer agrees to
pay all  application  fees required in connection with any filings under the HSR
Act.

            Sellers and Buyer shall  cause their  respective  counsel to furnish
each other such necessary information and reasonable assistance as the other may
reasonably  request in connection with the  preparation of necessary  filings or
submissions  under the  provisions of the HSR Act.  Sellers and Buyer will cause
their respective  counsel to supply to each other copies of all  correspondence,
filings  or written  communications  by such  party or its  Affiliates  with any
Governmental   Authority  or  staff  members   thereof,   with  respect  to  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  and any related or  contemplated
transactions,   except  for  documents  filed  pursuant  to  Item  4(c)  of  the
Hart-Scott-Rodino  Notification and Report Form or communications  regarding the
same  documents  or  information  submitted  in  response  to  any  request  for
additional  information  or  documents  pursuant  to the  HSR Act  which  reveal
Sellers' or Buyer's  negotiating  objectives  or  strategies  or purchase  price
expectations.

      4.6   Notification.  Each of the parties agrees to notify the others
            ------------
promptly  upon  learning  of any  fact or set of  circumstances  that  would  be
reasonably  likely  to  delay  or  prevent  receipt  of a  Regulatory  Approval,
Bondholder  Consent,  FCC Consent,  HSR  clearance or other  consent or approval
referred to in Article 4.

      4.7   GTE/Bell Atlantic Merger.  Notwithstanding  anything else contained
            ------------------------
in this Agreement,  Sellers and their  Affiliates shall not be obligated to take
any action  that  would  violate  the terms of their  agreements  regarding  the
Merger,  or that would interfere with,  delay or prevent the consummation of the
Merger;  provided  that Buyer shall not be obligated to proceed with the Closing
if the Merger has resulted in a Material Adverse Effect.

                                   ARTICLE 5
                             PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS

      5.1   Investigation by Buyer.  Prior to the Closing, upon reasonable
            ----------------------
notice from Buyer to Sellers given in accordance with this Agreement and subject
to  approval  by  Sellers'   appointed   representative   (which  shall  not  be
unreasonably withheld), Sellers will afford to the authorized representatives of
Buyer  reasonable  access during normal business hours to the Transferred  Books
and  Records,  the Owned Real  Property and the Leased Real  Property,  so as to
afford Buyer the opportunity to make such review,  examination and investigation
of the  Business and the  Purchased  Property as Buyer may  reasonably  request;
provided,  however,  that no  environmental  sampling or other  testing shall be
performed without Sellers' prior written consent,  which consent may be given or
withheld  in Sellers'  sole  discretion.  Buyer will not  contact any  employee,
customer or  supplier of Sellers  with  respect to this  Agreement,  the matters
involved herein or the Purchased  Property  without the prior written consent of
Sellers.  Nothing  herein  will  obligate  Sellers  to take  actions  that would
unreasonably disrupt the normal course of the business of Sellers or violate the
terms of any  applicable  Law or any  Contract to which  Sellers or any of their
Affiliates  is a  party  or to  which  any  of  their  assets  is  subject.  Any
information or documentation  provided to Buyer or acquired by Buyer during this
investigation  shall be deemed "Evaluation  Material" as that term is defined in
the Confidentiality  Agreement and shall be subject in all cases to the terms of
the Confidentiality Agreement.

      5.2   Operation of the Business in the Ordinary Course.
            ------------------------------------------------
            5.2.1 Preservation of Business.  Except as contemplated on Schedule
5.2.1 or in connection  with or relating to the Merger (and  disclosed to Buyer)
or as otherwise  consented  to by Buyer prior to the  Closing,  from the date of
this Agreement until the Closing Sellers shall:

                  (a)   Conduct the Business in the ordinary course  consistent
with past practice and shall keep available to the Business its services and the
services of its  Affiliates to the same extent  generally  available on the date
hereof;

                  (b)   Operate the Business in substantially the same manner as
it is presently being conducted, and, with respect to the Business, refrain from
entering into any Contract that would be a Material  Contract  without the prior
consent of Buyer (which shall not be unreasonably withheld);

                  (c)   Not institute or participate in any proceeding with
respect to, or otherwise change,  amend or supplement any of its tariffs or make
any other filings  (other than periodic  reports) with the PUC without the prior
consent of Buyer (which shall not be unreasonably  withheld) except as disclosed
on Schedule 8.1.15(a);

                  (d)   Maintain  the  Purchased  Property  in good  repair,
order and condition, reasonable wear and use excepted;

                  (e)   Maintain insurance with respect to the Purchased
Property consistent with past practice;

                  (f)   Make capital expenditures in accordance with Section
5.6; and

                  (g)   Maintain the books and records of the Business  substan-
tially in  accordance  with prior  practice,  except as changes are  mandated by
Governmental  Authorities  or required by GAAP,  in which  event  Sellers  shall
promptly notify Buyer.

           5.2.2  No Material Changes.  Except as contemplated by this Agreement
or in  connection  with or  relating to Merger  (and  disclosed  to Buyer) or as
otherwise  consented  to by Buyer  prior to the  Closing,  from the date of this
Agreement until the Closing, Sellers will not:

                  (a)   Make any material change in the general nature of the
Business;

                  (b)   Sell, lease or dispose of, or make any Contract for the
sale, lease or disposition of any Purchased Property, other than in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practice;

                  (c)   Increase the number of Active Employees other than in a
manner consistent with past practice, or increase the benefit provided under any
plans concerning employee benefits or increase the general rates of compensation
of their Transferred Employees,  except (i) as required by Law, (ii) pursuant to
any Contract to which Sellers are a party existing on the date hereof,  (iii) in
the ordinary  course of business of Sellers  consistent  with past practice,  or
(iv) as listed or described on Schedule 5.2.2(c);

                  (d)   (i) Enter, amend, modify or terminate any Material
Contract  or permit any of the  foregoing  to occur  other than in the  ordinary
course of business; or (ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Purchased
Property other than in the ordinary course of business or as listed or described
on Schedule 5.2.2(d),  or encumber any Purchased Property,  except for Permitted
Encumbrances;

                  (e)   Enter into any new written employment agreement, or
union agreement with, or commitment to, the Transferred Employees (including any
new  commitment  to pay  retirement  or other  benefits or other  amendments  to
Sellers'  retirement  plans),  provided  that  Sellers  may enter into new union
agreements to the extent the new union  agreements  succeed any union  agreement
that expires prior to the Closing; or

                 (f)    Except as contemplated by this Agreement or the
Ancillary Agreements, enter into any transaction with any of their Affiliates
that contemplates (i) the transfer of any Purchased Property;  or (ii) any other
contractual  arrangement  that will survive the Closing and not be terminable at
will by, and with no cost to, Buyer subsequent to the Closing.

      5.3   Satisfaction of Conditions.  Without limiting the generality or
            --------------------------
effect of any  provision of Article 6, the parties  will use their  commercially
reasonable  efforts  to  satisfy  promptly  all the  conditions  required  to be
satisfied prior to the Closing.

      5.4   Approvals.
            ---------
                 (a)    Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date,
Buyer and Sellers will (i)  cooperate  with one another and take all  reasonable
steps  to  obtain,  as  promptly  as  practicable,   all  consents,   approvals,
authorizations,  waivers and permits of any Governmental Authorities required of
either party to consummate the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement and
(ii) provide  such other  information  and  communications  to any  Governmental
Authority as may be reasonably requested.

                 (b)    To the extent that any consents, approvals, author-
ization or waiver of a third  party with  respect to any  Assigned  Contract  is
required in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement,
Sellers  shall  use  their  commercially   reasonable  efforts  to  obtain  such
authorization, consent, approval or waiver prior to the Closing Date.

      5.5   Financial Statements.  Sellers will cooperate with the independent
            --------------------
auditors chosen by Buyer to audit the Financial Statements delivered to Buyer in
accordance  with Section  8.1.21.  Sellers'  cooperation  will include access to
workpapers  and  other  supporting  documents  used  in the  preparation  of the
Financial Statements as may be reasonably required by such auditors to render an
opinion,  and  cooperation  with respect to such other  financial  statements as
Buyer may  require  with  respect to the  Business  in order to comply  with the
reporting   requirements  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  under
Regulations  S-K and S-X.  Sellers  will  bear the  cost of  preparation  of the
Financial  Statements.  Buyer  will  bear the cost of the  audit and the cost of
preparation  of any financial  statements  other than the Financial  Statements.
Buyer  acknowledges that the Financial  Statements and any supporting  documents
have  been  made  available  as  an  indication  of  the  historical   financial
performance  and  condition  of the  Business.  Except  to the  extent  that the
Financial  Statements reflect intentional  misrepresentation or fraud, or to the
extent that Sellers have breached their  representations  and  warranties  under
Section  8.1.21,  Buyer agrees not to make any claims related to the performance
of the Business after the date of the Financial Statements on the basis of a
comparison to the Financial Statements.

      5.6   Capital Expenditures.  Sellers shall be obligated  to  make  capital
            --------------------
expenditures  with respect to the  Telephone  Plant  required to support  normal
maintenance  and  customer  growth  in  a  manner  consistent  with  established
regulatory performance  objectives,  which expenditures (exclusive of any Future
Capital Expenditure  Obligations or Future Regulatory  Obligations) shall not be
less than  $17,500,000  during  calendar  year 1999,  and which  amount shall be
discounted  on a pro rata daily basis to the extent that the Closing Date occurs
prior to December  31, 1999 (the  "Capital  Expenditure  Amount").  The Purchase
Price shall be adjusted down, on a  dollar-for-dollar  basis, to the extent that
Sellers'  actual  capital  expenditures  are less than the  Capital  Expenditure
Amount (a "Capital Expenditure  Deficiency").  In the event the Closing does not
occur  prior to  January  1,  2000,  the  Capital  Expenditure  Amount  shall be
increased  on a pro rata daily  basis and  Sellers  shall be  obligated  to make
capital  expenditures  during fiscal year 2000 in the same relative amount,  and
the Purchase Price shall be adjusted in the same manner  described above for any
Capital  Expenditure  Deficiency  occurring  during the period after  January 1,
2000.  Between the date of this  Agreement  and the Closing  Date,  Sellers will
notify Buyer of any project involving Non-Regulated Construction Work in Process
in excess of $100,000.

      5.7   Delivery of Interim Information.  From the date of this Agreement
            -------------------------------
until the Closing,  Sellers shall furnish Buyer monthly  reports  concerning the
operating  performance of the Business.  Such reports shall contain such data as
typically  reported to GTE management  with respect to the Purchased  Exchanges,
including  revenue,  access line counts,  trouble  indices,  total  year-to-date
capital  expenditure  actuals  (on a  quarterly  basis  only)  indices and other
service measures.  All information  provided in accordance with this Section 5.7
shall be  subject  to  compliance  with  the  Confidentiality  Agreement  and to
compliance with applicable antitrust Laws.

       5.8  Cooperation with Respect to Like-Kind Exchange. Buyer agrees that
            ----------------------------------------------
Sellers'  transfer of the  Purchased  Property  may, at  Sellers'  election,  be
accomplished  in a  manner  enabling  such  transfer  to  qualify  as  part of a
like-kind exchange of property covered by Section 1031 of the IRC. If Sellers so
elect,  Buyer shall  cooperate with Sellers (but without being required to incur
any  out-of-pocket  costs in the course  thereof) in  connection  with  Sellers'
efforts to effect such  like-kind  exchange,  which  cooperation  shall include,
without  limitation,  taking such actions as Sellers  request in order to enable
Sellers to qualify  such  transfer as part of a  like-kind  exchange of property
covered by Section 1031 of the IRC (including any actions required to facilitate
the use of a "qualified  intermediary"  within the meaning of the United  States
Treasury  Regulations),  and Buyer agrees that Sellers may assign all or part of
their  rights (but no  obligations)  under this  Agreement to a person or entity
acting as a  qualified  intermediary  to qualify the  transfer of the  Purchased
Property as part of a like-kind  exchange of property covered by Section 1031 of
the IRC.  Buyer and  Sellers  agree in good faith to use  reasonable  efforts to
coordinate  the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  with any  other
transactions  engaged in by either Buyer or Sellers;  provided that such efforts
are not required to include an  unreasonable  delay in the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

      5.9   Additional  Exchange.  Sellers agree to use their good faith best
            --------------------
efforts to determine  within fourteen (14) days of the date hereof whether Buyer
will be entitled to purchase the access lines located in the Seligman  exchange.
The parties agree that if Sellers' management approves such purchase, Buyer will
acquire  such  lines  at a price  of  $2,443,394  and  under  the  terms of this
Agreement as if such access lines were  included in the  definition of Purchased
Property as of the date hereof.  The parties  agree that  immediately  upon such
approval of Buyer's purchase of the Additional  Exchanges this Agreement will be
amended to (i) increase the Base Purchase Price by an amount of $2,443,394; (ii)
include the  Additional  Exchange on Schedule  1.1-C and (iii) within forty (40)
days of the date of this Agreement,  make such other changes as may be necessary
or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the second sentence of this Section
5.9.

                                   ARTICLE 6
                      CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE CLOSING

      6.1   Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Buyer.  The obligations of
            --------------------------------------------
Buyer to consummate the Closing shall be subject to the  satisfaction  or waiver
by Buyer, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following  conditions,  any
one or more of which may be waived at the option of Buyer:

            6.1.1 No Misrepresentation or Breach of Covenants and Warranties.
Sellers shall have complied in all material  respects with their covenants to be
performed in whole or in part prior to the Closing,  and the representations and
warranties  of  Sellers  in  Section  8.1  shall be true and  correct  as of the
Closing,  except  for (i)  such  representations  or  warranties  that  are made
expressly as of and only as of an earlier  date,  which shall have been true and
correct as of such  earlier  date  except as would not have a  Material  Adverse
Effect,  and (ii) to the  extent  that any  breach of such  representations  and
warranties has not had and is not reasonably likely to have,  individually or in
the aggregate,  a Material  Adverse Effect;  and Sellers shall have delivered to
Buyer a certificate  ("Sellers'  Closing  Certificate")  in the form attached as
Schedule  6.1.1,  dated the Closing Date and signed by an  Executive  Officer of
Sellers, certifying each of the foregoing, or specifying those respects in which
such covenants have not been  performed or such  representations  and warranties
are not true and correct.

            6.1.2 Documents. Sellers shall have delivered to Buyer all documents
required by Section 7.2.

            6.1.3 HSR.  All required  waiting periods under the HSR Act shall
have expired or been terminated.

            6.1.4 No Legal Obstruction. Each of the required Bondholder Consents
shall have been  obtained,  each consent  required  under Section 4.3 shall have
been  obtained and each of the required  Regulatory  Approvals  and FCC Consents
shall have been obtained,  free of any special terms, conditions or restrictions
that are materially  adverse to Buyer (other than any such approvals or consents
which, if not obtained, would not have a Material Adverse Effect); provided that
any  Regulatory  Approval that would have the effect of converting  Buyer from a
Rate-of-Return  Regulation  Entity to a  Price-Cap  Regulation  Entity  shall be
deemed to have a Material  Adverse Effect.  For purposes of this Agreement,  all
such  approvals  and  consents  shall be deemed to have been  obtained  upon the
granting thereof, and the expiration of any appeals period (a "Final Order"). In
addition,  there  shall  not  have  been  entered  a  preliminary  or  permanent
injunction,  temporary  restraining  order or other  judicial or  administrative
order or decree in any jurisdiction, the effect of which prohibits the Closing.

            6.1.5 No Material Adverse Effect.  There shall not have occurred any
event or condition, which individually or in the aggregate has resulted, or
could reasonably be expected to result, in a Material Adverse Effect.

       6.2  Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Sellers.  The obligations of
Sellers to consummate the Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver
by Sellers, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

            6.2.1 No Misrepresentation or Breach of Covenants and Warranties.
Buyer shall have  complied in all  material  respects  with its  covenants to be
performed in whole or in part prior to the Closing,  and the representations and
warranties  of Buyer in Section  8.2 shall be true and  correct in all  material
respects as of the Closing,  except for (i)  representations  or warranties made
expressly as of and only as of an earlier  date,  which shall have been true and
correct as of such  earlier  date  except as would not have a  Material  Adverse
Effect,  and (ii) to the  extent  that any  breach of such  representations  and
warranties has not,  individually  or in the aggregate,  had a Material  Adverse
Effect,  and Buyer  shall  have  delivered  to Sellers a  certificate  ("Buyer's
Closing  Certificate") in the form attached as Schedule 6.2.1, dated the Closing
Date and  signed  by an  Executive  Officer  of  Buyer,  certifying  each of the
foregoing or specifying  those  respects in which such  covenants  have not been
performed or such representations and warranties are not true and correct.

            6.2.2 Documents. Buyer shall have delivered to Sellers all documents
required by Section 7.3.

            6.2.3 Delivery of Closing Date Amount. Buyer shall have delivered to
Sellers, in the manner specified in Section 3.2, the Closing Date Amount.

            6.2.4 HSR. All required waiting periods under the HSR Act shall have
expired or been terminated.

            6.2.5 No Legal Obstruction. Each of the required Bondholder Consents
shall have been obtained,  and each of the required Regulatory Approvals and FCC
Consents  shall have been  obtained  free of any special  terms,  conditions  or
restrictions  that are  materially  adverse  to  Sellers  based  upon good faith
business  concerns that are not commercially  unreasonable  (other than any such
approvals or consents which, if not obtained,  would not have a Material Adverse
Effect).  For purposes of this Agreement,  all such approvals and consents shall
be deemed to have been obtained upon the granting of a Final Order. In addition,
there  shall  not have been  entered  a  preliminary  or  permanent  injunction,
temporary  restraining order or other judicial or administrative order or decree
in any jurisdiction, the effect of which prohibits the Closing.

                                   ARTICLE 7
                                  THE CLOSING

      7.1   The Closing.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
            -----------
the  closing  of the  purchase  and  sale  of the  Purchased  Property  and  the
assumption of the Assumed  Liabilities  (the "Closing")  shall be held at 9 A.M.
local time at the offices of GTE Network  Services at 600 Hidden Ridge,  Irving,
Texas 75038, on the date agreed upon by the parties, provided such date shall be
(i) the last  business  day of the month,  and (ii) at least  five (5)  business
days,  but not more than ninety (90) days,  after the date either party notifies
the  other  in  writing  of  its  determination  that  all  required  Regulatory
Approvals, Bondholder Consents, the Material Consents and FCC Consents have been
obtained, or at such other time and place as the parties may agree (the "Closing
Date").  Such Closing shall be deemed to have  occurred as of 11:59 P.M.,  local
time,  on the Closing  Date.  Sellers'  ownership and operation of the Purchased
Property shall be deemed to cease immediately prior to the Closing.

      7.2   Sellers' Obligations at Closing.  At the Closing, Sellers shall
            -------------------------------
deliver to Buyer the following documents:

                 (a)(i) The Bill of Sale and Assignment and Assumption
Agreement,  (ii) subject to Permitted  Encumbrances,  special  warranty deeds in
respect  of  the  Owned  Real  Property,  and  (iii)  subject  to  Section  2.5,
assignments of the Assigned Contracts or to the extent set forth in Section 4.3,
sublicenses of certain Assigned Contracts.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the
term  "Bill of Sale and  Assignment  and  Assumption  Agreement"  means the form
attached hereto as Schedule 7.2(a) executed by Sellers;

                 (b)    A legal opinion from William Mundy, general counsel for
GTE Network Services,  as counsel for Sellers,  dated as of the Closing Date and
in the form of Schedule 7.2(b);

                 (c)    Sellers' Closing Certificate;

                 (d)    Instruments of assignment of the Real Property Leases
and Real Property Interests or, to the extent set forth in Section 4.3,
subleases for the Leased Real Property;

                 (e)    Mortgage satisfactions, UCC Form 3 Termination
Statements and other instruments necessary to remove,  release and terminate all
Liens  held  by any  party  on the  Purchased  Property  (except  for  Permitted
Encumbrances);

                 (f)    All of the documents and papers required of Sellers as
conditions  to  Closing  pursuant  to  Section  6.1,  including  the  Regulatory
Approvals, Bondholder Consents and FCC Consents;

                 (g)    A certificate substantially in the form of Schedule
7.2(g)  certifying that Sellers is not a "foreign  person" within the meaning of
Section 1445(b)(2) of the IRC;

                 (h)    The License Agreement;

                 (i)    All documentation and information required to be
delivered by Sellers prior to Closing pursuant to Article 11; and

                 (j)    Such other documents as Buyer may reasonably request.

      7.3   Buyer's Obligations at Closing.  At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver
            ------------------------------
to Sellers the following:

                 (a)    The Closing Date Amount in the manner specified in
Section 3.2;

                 (b)    The Bill of Sale and Assignment and Assumption Agreement
and the Ancillary Agreements executed by Buyer;

                 (c)    A legal opinion from Boles, Boles & Ryan, counsel to
Buyer dated as of the Closing Date and in the form of Schedule 7.3(c);

                 (d)    Buyer's Closing Certificate;

                 (e)    All other documents and papers required of Buyer as
conditions of Closing pursuant to Section 6.2, including the Regulatory
Approvals; and

                 (f)    Such other documents as Sellers may reasonably request.


                                   ARTICLE 8
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

       8.1  Representations and Warranties of Sellers.  Sellers jointly and
            -----------------------------------------
severally represent and warrant to Buyer as follows:

            8.1.1 Authorization and Effect of Agreement.  Sellers have the
requisite  corporate  power and authority to execute and deliver this  Agreement
and the  Ancillary  Agreements  and to perform their  obligations  hereunder and
thereunder.  The  execution  and delivery by Sellers of this  Agreement  and the
Ancillary  Agreements  and the  fulfillment  of  their  obligations  under  this
Agreement  and  the  Ancillary  Agreements  have  been  duly  authorized  by all
necessary corporate action on the part of Sellers and, to the extent required by
Law, any entity that  controls the Sellers.  This  Agreement  and the  Ancillary
Agreements  have been or will be duly  executed  and  delivered  by Sellers and,
assuming the due  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement  and the  Ancillary
Agreements  by  Buyer,  constitute  valid and  binding  obligations  of  Sellers
enforceable in accordance  with their terms subject to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium  and other  similar  laws  affecting  the  rights of
creditors  generally  and  subject to the  exercise of  judicial  discretion  in
accordance with principles of equity

            8.1.2 No Restrictions Against Sale or Assignment of the Purchased
Property.  The  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  and the  Ancillary
Agreements by Sellers do not, and prior to Closing will not, and the fulfillment
by Sellers of its obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary  Agreements
will not (i) conflict  with or violate any  provision of their  certificates  of
incorporation or bylaws, (ii) subject to obtaining the approvals and or consents
referred to in Section 2.5, Article 4 and Schedule  8.1.11(a-e),  conflict with,
violate or result in the breach of any  provision of any Material  Contract,  or
(iii)  result in the  creation of any Lien (other than  Permitted  Encumbrances)
upon any of the Purchased  Property  under (a) any Material  Contract or (b) any
Law applicable to any of the Purchased  Property,  except in the case of clauses
(ii) or (iii) for any such  conflict,  violation,  breach or Lien that would not
have a Material Adverse Effect.

            8.1.3 Consents, Approvals and Permits of Governmental Authorities.
Except as set forth in Schedule 8.1.3:

                  (a)   No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or
registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required
to be obtained or made by or with respect to Sellers or in  connection  with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by Sellers
or the fulfillment by Sellers of their  obligations under this Agreement and the
Ancillary  Agreements,  except (i) FCC Consents and HSR Act clearance,  (ii) the
Regulatory Approvals,  and (iii) any consent approval, order or authorization or
registration declaration or filing, which if not obtained or made would not have
a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (b)   Sellers hold valid permits, licenses, franchises,
approvals and authorizations issued or granted by any Governmental Authority and
adequate for the operation of the Business as currently conducted, except to the
extent absence of any such permit, license, franchise, approval or authorization
would not have an Material Adverse Effect.

            8.1.4 No Violation of Law. Except as indicated in Schedule 8.1.4,
the execution and delivery of this  Agreement and the Ancillary  Agreements  and
the  fulfillment  by Sellers of its  obligations  under this  Agreement  and the
Ancillary  Agreements  will not violate any  applicable  Law,  except where such
violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

            8.1.5 Corporate Organization. Sellers  are  corporations duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of
Delaware,  and are duly qualified to conduct business in Arkansas.  Sellers have
full power and authority to own their properties and to carry on the Business as
it is now being  conducted  and to own,  or hold  under  lease or  Contract  the
Purchased Property.

            8.1.6 Brokers. Sellers have not paid or become obligated to pay any
fee or commission to any broker, finder, investment banker or other intermediary
in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement in such a
manner as to give rise to a valid claim  against  Buyer or any of the  Purchased
Property for any broker's or finder's fees or similar fees or expenses.

            8.1.7 Title to Owned Real Property.  As of the date hereof,  the
address and a general  description  of each item of Owned Real  Property are set
forth on Schedule  8.1.7(a).  Sellers  have good fee simple  title to all of the
Owned  Real  Property,   free  and  clear  of  any  Lien  other  than  Permitted
Encumbrances  and Liens of the  Bondholders  identified  on  Schedule  8.1.7(b).
Sellers  represent  that the only  creditors  that have a Lien  (other  than any
Permitted  Encumbrances)  on any of the Owned Real Property are the  Bondholders
identified on Schedule  8.1.7(b).  The Owned Real Property set forth on Schedule
8.1.7(a)  constitutes  substantially  all of the Owned Real Property used in the
Business  during  calendar  year 1998 and  located in the  Purchased  Exchanges,
except as such (i) has been  disposed of since  January 1, 1998 in the  ordinary
course of business, or (ii) would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

            8.1.8 Real Property Leases.  Schedule 8.1.8 sets forth (i) a list of
all Real  Property  Leases  as of the date  hereof  and,  except  for such  Real
Property  Leases as may have been  executed or  terminated  in  accordance  with
Section 5.2, as of the Closing Date,  and (ii) all Real Property  Leases used in
the  Business and with respect to property  located in the  Purchased  Exchanges
during  calendar  year 1998 except such as (1) have been  executed or terminated
since January 1, 1998 in the ordinary course of business,  or (2) would not have
a Material  Adverse  Effect.  Each of the leases for the Leased Real Property is
enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy,  insolvency and
other similar laws  affecting  the rights of creditors  generally and subject to
the exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with the principles of equity,
and except as  otherwise  disclosed  in Schedule  8.1.8,  there is not under any
lease any material default or a material breach of covenant by Sellers.

            8.1.9 Tangible Assets.   All of the tangible Purchased Property is
in  substantially  good  operating  condition  and repair,  normal wear and tear
excepted.  Except as set forth on Schedule 8.1.9 or elsewhere in this Agreement,
Sellers  have,  or as of Closing will have,  good title to each item of tangible
Purchased  Property (other than Real Property  Interests,  representations  with
respect to which are  included  in Section  8.1.7 and 8.1.8  hereof,  and office
equipment  or vehicles  subject to leases) with a fair market value in excess of
$10,000, free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Encumbrances). Sellers
have not  received any written  notice  within the past  twelve(12)  months of a
violation of any ordinances,  regulations or building, zoning or other Laws with
respect to such  assets  that would have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  EXCEPT AS
EXPRESSLY  PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 8.1.9,  SELLER MAKES NO  REPRESENTATIONS  OR
WARRANTIES,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  AS TO THE CONDITION OR FITNESS OF THE TANGIBLE
PURCHASED  PROPERTY  AND HEREBY  DISCLAIMS  ANY WARRANTY OF  MERCHANTABILITY  OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT.

            8.1.10 No Material Adverse Change.  Except as disclosed in Schedule
8.1.10 or as may be related  to the Merger  (and  disclosed  to Buyer),  between
December 31, 1997 and the date of this Agreement  there has not occurred (i) any
event or condition that would have a Material Adverse Effect;  (ii) any increase
in  compensation  payable  or to  become  payable  by  Sellers  to any of  their
Transferred  Employees  or  agents,  other  than  normal  merit  or  promotional
increases made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice,
other than  Sellers'  obligation  to make  payments for service prior to Closing
under the  retention  pay  program  announced  in  connection  with the  network
business repositioning of Sellers and its Affiliates;  or (iii) any amendment or
termination  by Sellers  of any  Material  Contract,  except  any  amendment  or
termination in the ordinary course of business.

            8.1.11 Material Contracts. Except for the agreements set forth on
Schedule  8.1.11  subparts (a) through (d) (all such contracts being referred to
herein as the "Material  Contracts"),  there is no Assigned Contract (other than
the  Assigned  Contracts  entered  into after the date of this  Agreement in the
ordinary course of business) that is:

                  (a)   an agreement containing a non-compete agreement or other
covenant that in either case would by its terms limit the freedom of Buyer
following  the Closing to compete in any  material  respect  with respect to the
Business with any third party,  other than any such  agreement or covenant which
does not  materially  impair the  continued  operation  of the Business as it is
currently conducted;

                 (b)    an agreement granting a Lien with respect to any of the
Purchased Property (other than a Permitted Encumbrance or Lien of a Bondholder);

                 (c)    an agreement for the sale, lease or encumbrance
(other than a Permitted  Encumbrance  or Lien of a  Bondholder)  of any material
Purchased Property  (including any  interconnection  agreements) or grant of any
preferential  rights to purchase  any material  Purchased  Property in each case
outside the ordinary course of business; or

                 (d)    an agreement other than as set forth above with respect
to which the aggregate amount to be received or paid thereunder with respect to
calendar year 1999 is expected to exceed $100,000  based on the payments which
have been made under such agreement with respect to calendar year 1998, to the
extent applicable.

Except as set forth on Schedule 8.1.11, to the knowledge of Sellers, each of the
Material  Contracts  is  valid,  binding  and in full  force and  effect  and is
enforceable by Sellers or Sellers' Affiliates, as applicable, in accordance with
its terms,  except for any such failure to be valid,  binding, in full force and
effect or enforceable  that is not reasonably  likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect.  Except as set forth on Schedule  8.1.11,  to the  knowledge of Sellers,
Sellers and Sellers' Affiliates have performed all material obligations required
to be performed by them to date under the Material  Contracts,  and they are not
(with or without  the lapse of time or the giving of notice,  or both) in breach
or default  thereunder  and, to the knowledge of Sellers,  no other party to any
Material Contract is (with or without the lapse of time or the giving of notice,
or both) in breach or default in any respect thereunder, in each case except for
such  noncompliance,   breaches  and  defaults  that,  individually  or  in  the
aggregate,  are not reasonably  likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.  As of
the date hereof,  neither  Sellers nor any  Sellers'  Affiliate  has,  except as
disclosed on Schedule  8.1.11,  received any written  notice of the intention of
any party to terminate  any Material  Contract.  Except as set forth in Schedule
8.1.11, no consents or approvals are required from third parties with respect to
the assignment of any Material Contract.  Complete and correct copies of all the
Material  Contracts,  together with all modifications and amendments  thereto to
the  date  of  this  Agreement,  have  been  made  available  to  Buyer  or  its
representatives.

            8.1.12 Insurance.  The Purchased Property of an insurable nature and
of a character  usually insured by companies  carrying on similar  businesses is
insured  under  insurance  policies or self  insured in such amounts and against
such losses or casualties as is usual in Sellers'  industry.  Effective at 11:59
P.M. on the Closing Date, the coverage under the insurance policies and programs
applicable to the Purchased Property will be terminated.  Thereafter, Buyer will
be responsible for providing all insurance coverage for the Purchased Property.

            8.1.13 Taxes.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.13,  (i) all Tax
Returns  required to be filed by Sellers on or before the  Closing  Date have or
will have been filed, and all Taxes shown as due and payable on such Tax Returns
have been or will be paid by Sellers when required by law; (ii) no  deficiencies
or assessments  for any Taxes have been asserted in writing or assessed  against
Sellers  that  remain  unpaid  and that  individually  or in the  aggregate  are
material to the  Business;  (iii)  Sellers have  withheld all required  federal,
state and local payroll Taxes relating to the Business and have remitted or will
remit all amounts required to be remitted to the appropriate Taxing authorities;
(iv)  there are no Tax  Liens  upon any of the  Purchased  Property  except  for
statutory  liens covering  Taxes not yet due and payable;  (v) Sellers are not a
"foreign persons" within the meaning of Section  1445(b)(2) of the IRC and shall
provide an  appropriate  certificate  for purposes of Section  1445(b)(2) of the
IRC; and (vi) there are no material, current audits or material audits for which
written  notice has been  received or, to the  knowledge  of Sellers,  for which
verbal  notice has been received (in either case,  specifically  with respect to
the Business).

            8.1.14 No Material Claims or Suits.  Except as disclosed in Schedule
8.1.13 or  Schedule  8.1.14,  there are no claims,  actions,  lawsuits  or legal
proceedings pending before any Governmental  Authority,  or, to the knowledge of
Sellers threatened, against or affecting the Business or Purchased Property that
in Sellers'  opinion,  if determined  adversely to Sellers,  would reasonably be
expected  to have a  Material  Adverse  Effect  on the  Business  or  materially
adversely affect ability of Sellers to consummate the transactions  contemplated
hereby.

            8.1.15 Tariffs; FCC Licenses.

                  (a)   Schedule 8.1.15(a) sets forth a list of all regulatory
tariffs applicable to the Business.  Such tariffs stand in full force and effect
on the date of this  Agreement  in  accordance  with all terms,  and there is no
outstanding notice of cancellation or termination or, to Sellers' knowledge, any
threatened cancellation or termination in connection therewith,  nor are Sellers
subject to any restrictions or conditions applicable to their regulatory tariffs
that limit or would limit the operation of the Business (other than restrictions
or conditions  generally  applicable to tariffs of that type).  Each such tariff
has been duly and validly approved by Sellers'  regulatory  agency.  Sellers are
not in material  default  under the terms and  conditions of any such tariff and
there is no basis for any claim of default by  Sellers in any  material  respect
under any such tariff.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.15(a),  there are no
applications  by Sellers or  complaints  (other than  end-user  complaints),  or
petitions by others or proceedings pending or threatened before the PUC relating
to the Business or its operations or the regulatory tariffs. To the knowledge of
Sellers,  there are no material  violations by  subscribers  or others under any
such  tariff.  A true and  correct  copy of each  tariff  set forth on  Schedule
8.1.15(a) has been delivered or made available to Buyer.

                  (b)   Schedule 8.1.15(b) sets forth a list of all FCC Licenses
held by Sellers and used in the operation of the  Business.  Except as set forth
on Schedule 8.1.15(b),  (i) each such FCC License is in full force and effect on
the date of this  Agreement  in  accordance  with its  terms,  (ii)  there is no
outstanding notice of cancellation or termination or, to Sellers' knowledge, any
threatened  cancellation or termination in connection  therewith,  nor (iii) are
any of such FCC Licenses  subject to any  restrictions  or conditions that limit
the operation of the Business (other than  restrictions or conditions  generally
applicable to licenses of that type). Subject to the Communications Act of 1934,
as amended, and the regulations  thereunder,  the FCC Licenses are free from all
security  interests,  liens,  claims, or encumbrances of any nature  whatsoever.
There are no  applications  by  Sellers or  complaints  (other  than  individual
end-user complaints that would not cause a Material Adverse Effect) or petitions
by others or  proceedings  pending or threatened  before the FCC relating to the
Business or the FCC Licenses  that,  in Sellers'  opinion,  would  reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Business.

            8.1.16 Employee Matters.

                  (a)   Sellers have provided by letter of even date herewith
the name, annual  compensation,  incentive  compensation  target, job title, job
location  and  collective  bargaining  unit  status as of March 17, 1999 of each
person  employed  by Sellers at a location  in the  Purchased  Exchanges  who is
expected to be a Transferred Employee.  Schedule 8.1.16(a) lists (and identifies
the sponsor of) each material  "Employee  Pension Benefit Plan," as that term is
defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, each material "Employee Welfare Benefit Plan,"
as that term is defined in Section  3(1) of ERISA (such plans being  hereinafter
referred  to  collectively  as the  "ERISA  Plans"),  and  each  other  material
retirement,  pension,  profit-sharing,  money purchase,  deferred  compensation,
incentive  compensation,  bonus,  stock option,  stock purchase,  severance pay,
unemployment benefit,  vacation pay, savings,  medical, dental,  post-retirement
medical, accident, disability, weekly income, salary continuation,  health, life
or other insurance,  fringe benefit,  or other employee  benefit plan,  program,
agreement,  or  arrangement  maintained  or  contributed  to by Sellers or their
Affiliates  in respect  of or for the  benefit of any  Transferred  Employee  or
former  employee of Sellers,  excluding any such plan,  program,  agreement,  or
arrangement maintained or contributed to solely in respect of or for the benefit
of Transferred  Employees or former employees  employed or formerly  employed by
Sellers  outside  of the United  States,  as of the date  hereof  (collectively,
together with the ERISA Plans, referred to hereinafter as the "Plans"). Schedule
8.1.16(a) also includes a list of each material written  employment,  severance,
termination or similar-type  agreement  between Sellers and their Affiliates and
any Transferred  Employee (the  "Employment  Agreements").  Except for retention
bonuses paid in connection with the closing of the transactions  contemplated by
this  Agreement  and except as otherwise  disclosed on Schedule  8.1.16(a),  the
execution and delivery of this Agreement by Sellers and the  performance of this
Agreement by Sellers  will not directly  result now or at any time in the future
in the payment to any  Transferred  Employee of any severance,  termination,  or
similar-type payments or benefits being paid to any Transferred Employee.

                  (b)   Except as set forth on Schedule 8.1.16(b):

                        (i)   Neither Sellers nor any of their  Affiliates, any
of  the  ERISA  Plans,  any  trust  created   thereunder,   or  any  trustee  or
administrator  thereof,  has  engaged  in any  transaction  as a result of which
Sellers,  any of  their  Affiliates  or the  Business  could be  subject  to any
material liability pursuant to Section 409 of ERISA or to either a civil penalty
assessed  pursuant  to  Section  502(i) of ERISA or a tax  imposed  pursuant  to
Section 4975 of the IRC; and

                        (ii)  Since the effective date of ERISA, no material
liability under Title IV of ERISA has been incurred or is reasonably expected to
be incurred by Sellers,  any of their  Affiliates  or the  Business  (other than
liability  for premiums due to the PBGC),  unless such  liability  has been,  or
prior to the Closing Date will be, satisfied in full.

                  (c)   Except as set forth on Schedule 8.1.16(c), with respect
to the Plans  other  than  those  Plans  identified  on  Schedule  8.1.16(d)  as
"multiemployer plans":

                        (i)  the  PBGC  has  not  instituted  proceedings to
terminate  any Plan  that is  subject  to Title  IV of  ERISA  (the  "Retirement
Plans");

                        (ii) none of the ERISA Plans has incurred an "accumu-
lated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of
the IRC),  whether or not waived,  as of the last day of the most recent  fiscal
year of each of the ERISA Plans ended prior to the date of this Agreement;

                        (iii)each of the Plans has been operated and admin-
istered in all material  respects in accordance with its provisions and with all
applicable laws;

                        (iv) each of the ERISA  Plans  that is  intended  to be
"qualified"  within the meaning of Section  401(a) of the IRC and, to the extent
applicable,  Section 401(k) of the IRC, has been  determined by the IRS to be so
qualified,  and  nothing  has  occurred  since the date of the most  recent such
determination  (other than the effective date of certain  amendments to the IRC,
the  remedial  amendment  period  for  which  has not yet  expired)  that  would
adversely affect the qualified status of any of such ERISA Plans; and

                        (v)  there are no pending material claims by or on
behalf of any of the Plans,  by any employee or  beneficiary  covered  under any
such Plan, or otherwise  involving any such Plan (other than routine  claims for
benefits and routine expenses).

                   (d)  Except as set forth on  Schedule  8.1.16(d),  none of
the ERISA  Plans is a  "multiemployer  plan," as that term is defined in Section
3(37) of ERISA, and with respect to any such multiemployer plans (as so defined)
listed in Schedule  8.1.16(d),  neither Sellers nor any of their Affiliates have
not made or incurred a "complete  withdrawal" or a "partial withdrawal," as such
terms are  respectively  defined in  Sections  4203 and 4205 of ERISA that would
result in the  incurrence  of a  material  liability  by  Sellers,  any of their
Affiliates or the Business,  and the transactions  contemplated herein shall not
constitute a "complete  withdrawal" or a "partial  withdrawal" as such terms are
defined in Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA, respectively.

                  (e)   Except as set forth on Schedule 8.1.16(e), (i) none of
the   Transferred   Employees  are   represented  by  a  labor  union  or  labor
organization,  and (ii)  Sellers  are not subject to any  collective  bargaining
agreement  covering any  Transferred  Employee.  There are currently no strikes,
slowdowns,  work  stoppages  or lockouts by or with  respect to any  Transferred
Employee  covered by collective  bargaining  agreements.  Except as set forth on
Schedule  8.1.16(e),  to the best  knowledge of Sellers,  during the twelve (12)
months  preceding  the date of this  Agreement,  there  have not been any  union
organizational campaigns by or directed at Transferred Employees.

                  (f)   Sellers will make available to Buyer, prior to the
Closing Date, a list of those Transferred Employees that Sellers believe to have
participated in the health or dependent care reimbursement  accounts of Sellers,
together with the elections  made prior to the Closing Date with respect to such
accounts through the Closing Date.

            8.1.17 Schedules of Telephone Plant.  Schedule 8.1.17 sets forth,
as of December 31, 1998 and,  except for such  changes as may occur  pursuant to
Section 5.2, as of the Closing Date, a materially  accurate  summary of the book
value of the  Telephone  Plant  (except  for Real  Property  Interests  and Real
Property  Leases) and  Material  and Supply  Inventory  as reflected in Sellers'
continuing  property  records.  Schedule  8.1.17  summarizes  substantially  all
Telephone Plant used in the Business  (other than Excluded  Property and the GTE
Telecom  Assets)  during  calendar  year  1998  and  located  in  the  Purchased
Exchanges,  except such as (i) has been  disposed of in the  ordinary  course of
business  since  January  1, 1998,  or (ii)  would not have a  Material  Adverse
Effect.

            8.1.18 Schedule of Real Property Interests. To the knowledge of
Sellers and as of the date of this Agreement, Schedule 8.1.18 sets forth a true
and accurate list of all its Real Property Interests.

            8.1.19 Environmental Matters. Except as set forth in Schedule 8.1.19
(which Sellers may supplement  within 30 days of the date hereof with respect to
Leased Real Property):

                   (a)  Sellers' current use of the Owned Real Property or
Leased Real Property materially complies with Environmental Requirements;

                   (b)  No Liens under any Environmental Requirement have been
or are imposed on any of the Owned Real Property, except for such Liens as would
not have a Material Adverse Effect;

                   (c)  No action, proceeding, revocation proceeding, procedure,
writ,  injunction  or claim is  pending,  or to Sellers'  knowledge  threatened,
concerning any  Environmental  Requirement and relating to any of the Owned Real
Property, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

                   (d)  Sellers have obtained or filed for all permits,licenses,
registrations,  and other  approvals and has made all reports and  notifications
required under any Environmental  Requirements in connection with the Owned Real
Property, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and

                   (e)  There are no present actions, activities, circumstances,
conditions,  events,or  incidents  relating to Sellers'  use of any of the Owned
Real  Property  or Leased Real  Property  that would  reasonably  be expected to
involve Sellers in any material litigation under the Environmental Requirements,
or impose  upon  Sellers any  material  liability  related to any  Environmental
Requirements.

            8.1.20 Schedule of Joint Construction Projects. Schedule 8.1.20 sets
forth a list of all Joint Construction Projects for which Buyer is to assume
liability as of the Closing.

            8.1.21 Financial Statements.  Schedules 8.1.21(a), 8.1.21(b) and
8.1.21(c)  present the estimated income  statement,  estimated balance sheet and
estimated  statement of cash flows,  respectively for the Business for the years
ended  December  31, 1997 and December 31, 1998  (collectively,  the  "Financial
Statements"). The Financial Statements have been prepared based on the books and
records of Sellers.  Such books and records have been  maintained  in accordance
with GAAP.  However,  because the Business represents only a portion of Sellers,
the  Financial  Statements  are  based on the  extensive  use of  estimates  and
allocations. Sellers believe these estimates and allocations have been performed
on a  reasonable  basis and such  Financial  Statements  materially  reflect the
results  of  operations  for the  periods  set  forth  therein.  However,  Buyer
acknowledges that (i) the Financial Statements  themselves may not be consistent
with the applicable regulations of the FCC or state regulatory authorities,  and
(ii) because the Business represents only a portion of Sellers, the Buyer is not
acquiring  significant support elements located outside the Purchased Exchanges,
and Buyer will operate under new tariffs, carrier contracts and other conditions
that may significantly impact the future revenue of the Business,  the Financial
Statements  may  not be  representative  of  the  financial  performance  of the
Business during future periods.

            8.1.22 Year 2000 Compliance.

                   (a)  As of the Closing Date, Sellers shall have caused the
modification  or  remediation  of  the  Automated   Assets  in  accordance  with
applicable manufacturer or vendor recommendations such that the Automated Assets
are Year 2000 Compliant; provided that any and all Buyer or third-party supplied
computer  software,  computer  firmware  and  computer  hardware  that  directly
interfaces with the Automated  Assets,  co-exists with the Automated  Assets, or
indirectly   influences   the  operation  of  the  Automated   Assets  are  also
demonstrated to be Year 2000 Compliant.

                   (b)  Sellers shall be deemed to be in satisfaction of the
requirements of subsection (a) of this Section 8.1.22 to the extent that Sellers
have (i) performed on or before the Closing Date any modification or remediation
in  accordance  with  applicable  manufacturer  or  vendor  recommendations  for
achieving Year 2000  compliance or Year 2000  readiness,  or (ii) received on or
before the Closing Date reasonable  assurances from the applicable  manufacturer
or vendor that an Automated Asset, without modification or remediation,  is Year
2000 Compliant or Year 2000 ready.

                   (c)  When used in this Section 8.1.22, the following terms
shall have the respective meanings given below:

                        "Automated Assets" means the computer software,
computer  firmware,  computer  hardware  (whether  general or special  purpose),
documentation,  data,  and other  similar  or  related  items of the  automated,
computerized, and/or software system(s) that are provided by Sellers to Buyer as
part of the Purchased Exchanges pursuant to this Agreement.

                        "Calendar-Related" refers to the date values based on
the Gregorian  calendar,  as defined in Encyclopedia  Britannica,  15th edition,
1982,  page 602, and to all uses in any manner of those date  values,  including
without limitation  manipulations,  calculations,  conversions,  comparisons and
presentations.

                        "Date Data" means any Calendar-Related data in the
inclusive range January 1, 1900 through  December 31, 2050,  which the Automated
Assets use in any manner.

                        "System Date" means any Calendar-Related data value
in the inclusive range January 1, 1985 through  December 31, 2035 (including the
natural transition between such values) which the Automated Assets shall be able
to use as their current date while operating.

                        "Year 2000 Compliant" means:

                        (i)  As of the Closing Date, in connection with
Calendar-Related  data and  Calendar-Related  processing  of Date Data or of any
System  Date,  the  Automated  Assets  will not  malfunction,  will not cease to
function and will not produce incorrect results; and

                        (ii) As of the Closing Date, the Automated Assets
will   represent   dates  without   ambiguity  as  to  century  when   providing
Calendar-Related  data  to  and  accepting   Calendar-Related  data  from  other
automated,  computerized  and/or  software  systems  and  users  by way of  user
interfaces, electronic interfaces and data storage.

            8.1.23 Access Line Count.  As of December 31, 1998, the Purchased
Exchanges served a total of 213,651 access lines.

      8.2   Representations and Warranties of Buyer.  Buyer represents and
            ---------------------------------------
warrants to Sellers as follows:

            8.2.1  Corporate Organization.Buyer is a corporation duly organized,
validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Louisiana,
and is duly  qualified  to conduct  business in Arkansas  and has the  requisite
corporate  power and authority to own, lease or otherwise hold the assets owned,
leased or held by it.

            8.2.2  Authorization and Effect of Agreement.Buyer has the requisite
corporate  power and  authority  to execute and deliver this  Agreement  and the
Ancillary  Agreements,  to carry on the Business as presently  conducted  and to
fulfill all other  obligations  of Buyer under this  Agreement and the Ancillary
Agreements.  The  execution  and  delivery  by Buyer of this  Agreement  and the
Ancillary  Agreements,  and the fulfillment by it of its obligations  under this
Agreement  and  the  Ancillary  Agreements  have  been  duly  authorized  by all
necessary  corporate action on the part of Buyer.  Buyer has the requisite legal
capacity to purchase,  own and hold the Purchased Property upon the consummation
of the  sale  of the  Purchased  Property.  This  Agreement  and  the  Ancillary
Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and,  assuming the due
execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  and the  Ancillary  Agreements  by
Sellers,  constitute  valid and  binding  obligations  of Buyer  enforceable  in
accordance with their terms subject to bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
moratorium  and other similar laws  affecting the rights of creditors  generally
and subject to the exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with principles
of equity.

            8.2.3  No Restrictions Against Purchase of the Purchased Properties.
The  execution and delivery of this  Agreement  and the Ancillary  Agreements by
Buyer  do not,  and the  fulfillment  by  Buyer of its  obligations  under  this
Agreement and the  Ancillary  Agreements  will not,  conflict  with,  violate or
result in the breach of any provision of the  certificate  of  incorporation  or
bylaws of Buyer  or,  conflict  with,  violate  or  result in the  breach of any
contract to which  Buyer is a party.  No material  consent,  approval,  order or
authorization of, or registration,  declaration or filing with, any Governmental
Authority  is required  to be  obtained  or made by or with  respect to Buyer in
connection  with the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement by Buyer or the
fulfillment by Buyer of its obligations under this Agreement, except the filings
and approvals described in Article 4.

            8.2.4  No Violation of Law. The execution and delivery of this
Agreement  and the  Ancillary  Agreements  and the  fulfillment  by Buyer of its
obligations  under this Agreement and the Ancillary  Agreements will not violate
any Law  except to the  extent  any such  violation  would  not have a  material
adverse effect on the ability of Buyer to fulfill its obligations  hereunder and
thereunder.

            8.2.5  Financial Capacity.

                   (a)  Buyer has sufficient cash or other sources of funds to
pay the  Purchase  Price in the manner  specified in Section 3.1 and all related
fees and expenses.

                   (b)  Buyer has sufficient financial resources to operate the
Business  after  the  Closing  Date.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of the
foregoing,  Buyer has sufficient  financial  resources to satisfy any applicable
requirement   relating  to  financial   capacity  or  capital   imposed  by  any
Governmental Authority in any state in which the Business is conducted. Buyer is
solvent, is able to pay its debts as they become due, and owns property that has
both a fair value and a fair saleable value in excess of the amount  required to
pay its debts as they become due.

            8.2.6  Brokers.  Buyer has not paid or become obligated to pay any
fee or commission to any broker, finder, investment banker or other intermediary
in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement in such a
manner as to give rise to a valid  claim  against  Sellers  for any  broker's or
finder's fees or similar fees or expenses.

            8.2.7  Consents and Approvals of Governmental Authority.  Subject to
Article 4 with respect to Regulatory  Approvals  and FCC  Consents,  no consent,
approval or authorization of, or declaration,  filing or registration  with, any
Governmental  Authority or regulatory  authority is required in connection  with
the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of this  Agreement  by Buyer or the
consummation  by Buyer  of the  transactions  contemplated  herein,  except  for
filings with the FTC and DOJ pursuant to the HSR Act, if required.

                                   ARTICLE 9
                        CONTINUING BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS

      9.1   Transition Services Agreement.  The parties agree to cooperate with
            -----------------------------
each other to ensure  that the  transition  of the  ownership  of the  Purchased
Property  proceeds  with minimal  disruption to the services  being  provided to
subscribers.  The parties  agree that it may be necessary  for Sellers to assist
Buyer in converting Sellers' systems and processes with respect to the Purchased
Property to Buyer's systems and processes.  Sellers and Buyer agree to execute a
separate  "Transition  Services  Agreement"  substantially  in the form attached
hereto as Schedule 9.1 for the provision of such services.

      9.2   Optional Services Agreement. It is understood and agreed that Buyer
            ---------------------------
may not have  for a period  of time  after  Closing  Date,  certain  systems  or
processes  necessary to provide some basic  customer  services.  Sellers will at
Buyer's request and for the fees described in Schedule 9.2 provide any or all of
the services described in a separate "Optional Services Agreement" signed by the
parties substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 9.2.

      9.3   Directory Publishing.
            --------------------
            9.3.1  Assumption of Certain Directory Publishing Agreement Rights
and Obligations.  Sellers are parties to a directories publishing agreement with
[GTE Directories  Service  Corporation n/k/a GTE Directories  Corporation or GTE
Directories  Corporation  as purchaser of the rights and interests of Associated
Directory  Services,  Inc. f/k/a Mast  Advertising and Publishing,  Inc.] herein
"Publisher."  This [These]  agreement[s]  is [are]  identified in Schedule 9.3.1
attached   hereto   ("Publishing   Agreement[s]").   Pursuant  to  this  [these]
agreement[s]   Publisher  has  the  exclusive   right  and  obligation  to  sell
advertising,  and  to  publish,  print  and  distribute  directories  containing
telephone numbers relating to the Purchased Exchanges.

            At Sellers' option,  Buyer agrees to execute an agreement  effective
as of the Closing to assume and appropriately amend the Publishing  Agreement[s]
as it[they] relate to the Purchased  Exchanges,  which agreement will extend the
length of the term of the  Publishing  Agreement[s]  to expire not earlier  than
December 31, 2001. Buyer agrees to allow Publisher to participate in any process
for  negotiating  future  directory  publishing  agreements  on  terms  no  less
favorable than any other participant.

            9.3.2  Co-Bound Directories Acknowledgement. Buyer acknowledges that
Publisher  may have a  pre-existing  obligation  (which  Publisher may choose to
continue) to sell  advertising,  publish,  print and  distribute  the  telephone
numbers of third party local exchange telephone  companies in the same directory
as the Purchased Exchanges ("Co-Bound" directory). Co-Bound directory agreements
of which Sellers are aware, if any, are identified on Schedule 9.3.2.

            9.3.3  Meeting to Discuss Directory Publication.  Within ninety (90)
days following the date of this Agreement, Buyer agrees to meet with Sellers and
Publisher  for the  purpose  of having  an  initial  discussion  about the first
directory  publication  after the Closing  Date.  This  meeting  will be held at
Publisher's  address unless  otherwise agreed between the parties and Publisher.
All parties shall employ their  respective  commercially  reasonable  efforts to
ensure that directory publication is not interrupted following the Closing Date.

      9.4   GTE Telecom Agreements.  Buyer acknowledges that GTE Telecom will
            ----------------------
retain  ownership of certain assets as well as related rights in connection with
fiber loop located in the  Purchased  Exchanges,  all of which assets and rights
are  listed  on  Schedule  2.3(g)  (the "GTE  Telecom  Assets").  Buyer  further
acknowledges  that the GTE Telecom  Assets may be co-located  with the Purchased
Property, and may share certain easements,  rights of way or other real property
interests.  In order to clarify the  relationship  between Buyer and GTE Telecom
with respect to the GTE Telecom  Assets,  Buyer agrees to execute and deliver at
Closing certain agreements substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule
9.4 (the "GTE Telecom Agreements").

                                   ARTICLE 10
                      ADDITIONAL COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

      10.1  Intellectual Property.
            ---------------------
            10.1.1 No License.  Buyer and Sellers agree and understand  that
except as expressly  set forth in writing in the License  Agreement  and Section
10.1.3, Sellers have not granted any rights or licenses, express or implied, of,
and nothing  shall  constitute or be construed as a license of Sellers under any
Intellectual  Property now or hereafter owned, obtained or licensable by Sellers
or under any Third Party Intellectual Property.

            10.1.2 Infringement.

                   (a)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
contrary, Sellers shall have no obligation to defend, indemnify or hold harmless
Buyer or any of its Affiliates,  from any damages,  costs or expenses  resulting
from any  obligation,  proceeding or suit based upon any claim that any activity
subsequent  to the Closing  Date  engaged in by Buyer,  a customer of Buyer's or
anyone claiming under Buyer,  constitutes  direct or contributory  infringement,
misuse of, or  misappropriation  of, or inducement to infringe,  any Third Party
Intellectual Property.

                   (b)  Buyer shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Sellers
and their Affiliates from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses resulting
from any  obligation,  proceeding  or suit  based  upon any  claim  alleging  or
asserting direct or contributory infringement,  or misuse or misappropriation of
or  inducement  to infringe by Sellers or any of their  Affiliates  of any Third
Party Intellectual Property, to the extent that such claim is based on, or would
not have arisen but for,  activity  conducted  or engaged in  subsequent  to the
Closing Date by Buyer, a customer of Buyer's, or anyone claiming under Buyer.

            10.1.3 Trademark Phaseout.

                   (a)  Buyer acknowledges that Sellers or their Affiliates are
the owners of Excluded  Marks that qualify as Excluded  Property  under  Section
2.3. Buyer  understands  and agrees that the Excluded  Marks, or any right to or
license  of the  Excluded  Marks,  are not being  transferred  pursuant  to this
Agreement.  Buyer  acknowledges the exclusive and proprietary  rights of Sellers
and their  Affiliates in the use of the Excluded Marks, and Buyer agrees that it
shall not use the Excluded Marks (or any names,  domain names,  marks or indicia
confusingly  similar to the Excluded  Marks) except and to the extent  expressly
set forth in this Section 10.1.3 or assert any rights or claims in such Excluded
Marks (or in any names,  domain names, marks or when confusingly  similar to the
Excluded  Marks).  After the Closing,  all  Excluded  Marks of Sellers and their
Affiliates shall be replaced by Buyer, at Buyer's expense,  as soon as possible,
but in no event later than  ninety  (90) days after the  Closing  Date for items
with Excluded  Marks affixed to them which Buyer has continued to use in Buyer's
operation of the Business, including buildings,  vehicles, heavy equipment, hard
hats,  tools,  tool  boxes,  kits  (safety  and  others),  signs,  public  (pay)
telephones,  manual covers and notebooks. After the Closing, Buyer will not use,
and will  destroy or  deliver to  Sellers,  all such items with  Excluded  Marks
affixed to them that have no valid  continuing  use in Buyer's  operation of the
Business, including items affecting customer or employee relations or items that
do not reflect Buyer's true identity. Specific items to be destroyed or returned
include items with Excluded  Marks affixed to them including  giveaways;  order,
purchase  or  materials  forms;   requisitions;   invoices;   statements;   time
sheets/labor  reports; bill inserts;  stationery;  personalized note pads; maps;
organization  charts;  bulletins/releases;  sales/price  literature;  manuals or
catalogs; report covers/folders;  program materials; and materials such as media
contact lists/cards. The ninety (90) day time period for replacement of Excluded
Marks affixed to telephone directories that were already published or closed for
publication at the Closing Date shall be extended to the expiration date of such
directories.

                   (b)  Buyer recognizes the great value of the goodwill
associated with the Excluded Marks, and acknowledges that the Excluded Marks and
all rights therein and the goodwill  pertaining  thereto  belong  exclusively to
Sellers and that the Excluded Marks have a secondary meaning in the minds of the
public.  Buyer  further  agrees that any and all  permitted  use of the Excluded
Marks pursuant to this Agreement  shall inure to the sole and exclusive  benefit
of Sellers.

                   (c)  Buyer agrees that any permitted use of the Excluded
Marks in the  operation of the Business  after the Closing  shall be provided in
accordance with all applicable federal,  state and local laws, and that the same
shall not reflect  adversely upon the good name of Sellers or their  Affiliates,
and that the operation of the Business will be of a high standard and skill.

                   (d)  Buyer acknowledges that its failure to cease use of the
Excluded  Marks  as  provided  in this  Agreement,  or its  improper  use of the
Excluded  Marks,  will result in immediate and  irreparable  harm to Sellers and
their Affiliates. Buyer acknowledges and admits that there is no adequate remedy
at law for such failure to  terminate  use of the  Excluded  Marks,  or for such
improper  use of the  Excluded  Marks.  Buyer  agrees  that in the event of such
failure or  improper  use,  Sellers  and their  Affiliates  shall be entitled to
equitable  relief by way of  temporary  restraining  order,  or  preliminary  or
permanent injunction, or any other relief available under this Agreement.

                   (e)  Buyer will not contest the ownership or validity of any
rights of Sellers or their Affiliates in the Excluded Marks.

            10.1.4 Third Party Software.  To the extent that the transfer of
Purchased  Property  by Sellers to Buyer  under  this  Agreement  results in the
transfer of  possession  to Buyer of software  that at the Closing Date is Third
Party Intellectual  Property,  which software was located in and rightfully used
by Sellers in the  geographical  areas of the Purchased  Exchanges  prior to the
Closing  Date in the normal and ordinary  operation of the Business  pursuant to
Contracts  with  the  owners  or  licensors  of  such  software   ("Third  Party
Intellectual Property  Contracts"),  then subject to Section 2.5 and the receipt
of any  required  consents  from Switch  Software  vendors,  effective as of the
Closing and provided that no payments to any Person other than a Switch Software
vendor are thereby  required,  Sellers hereby assign to Buyer,  and Buyer hereby
accepts  all rights and  licenses,  if any,  to  possess  and use such  software
pursuant to such Third Party Intellectual Property Contracts.  Buyer agrees that
the  acceptance  by Buyer of such  assignment  of the Third  Party  Intellectual
Property  Contracts  includes the assumption by Buyer of obligations  under such
Third Party Intellectual Property Contracts, including all obligations necessary
or incidental to the transfer of such rights and licenses. Buyer understands and
agrees that except as provided  above in this  Section  10.1.4,  or as expressly
provided  elsewhere in this Agreement or in another  written  agreement  between
Buyer and Sellers,  no rights or licenses to use or possess such software or any
Third Party Intellectual Property are transferred to Buyer. Buyer shall properly
dispose of, and shall not use, any software of which Buyer  acquires  possession
in connection with Purchased  Property and which,  after the Closing Date, Buyer
knows,  or  reasonably  should  know,  is  not  the  subject  of a  Third  Party
Intellectual  Property  Contract that has been rightfully  transferred to Buyer.
Sellers  make no warranty or  representation  that any Third Party  Intellectual
Property  Contract  or any right  therein is  assignable  in whole or in part to
Buyer.

      10.2  Effect of Due Diligence and Related Matters.
            -------------------------------------------
            (a)  Buyer represents that it is a sophisticated entity that was
advised by  knowledgeable  counsel and financial  advisors and, to the extent it
deemed  necessary,  other  advisors in  connection  with this  Agreement and has
conducted its own independent  review and evaluation of the Purchased  Property.
Accordingly,  Buyer covenants and agrees that (i) except for the representations
and  warranties set forth in this  Agreement,  Buyer has not relied and will not
rely upon any duty to  disclose or any  document or written or oral  information
furnished to or discovered by it or its representatives, including any financial
data,  (ii) there are no  representations  or  warranties,  express or  implied,
statutory  or  otherwise,  by or on behalf of  Sellers  or their  Affiliates  or
representatives  except for those  expressly  set forth in this  Agreement,  and
(iii) to the fullest extent  permitted by law,  Buyer's  rights and  obligations
with respect to all of the foregoing matters will be solely as set forth in this
Agreement.  Buyer further acknowledges and agrees that Sellers are not under any
duty to make any  inquiry  regarding  any matter that may or may not be known to
Sellers or any of their officers, directors, employees or representatives.

            (b)  Upon the Closing, Buyer shall be deemed  to have waived any
claim with  respect to a breach of any  representation,  warranty,  covenant  or
obligation of Sellers,  or any failure of a condition,  hereunder of which Buyer
had actual  knowledge on or prior to the date hereof;  provided that Buyer shall
be  deemed  to have  actual  knowledge  on or prior to the  date  hereof  of the
information  made available to Buyer and/or its  representatives  during Buyer's
due diligence  review,  and which  information is contained in the Due Diligence
Materials.

            (c)  After the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date,
Buyer shall promptly  notify  Sellers if Buyer obtains  actual  knowledge of any
actual  or  prospective  breach of any  representation,  warranty,  covenant  or
obligation  of Sellers,  or any actual or  prospective  failure of a  condition,
hereunder of which Buyer obtains  actual  knowledge.  Failure to provide  timely
notice of any such breach of which Buyer obtains actual knowledge after the date
hereof shall be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to such breach.

      10.3  Confidentiality. Whether or not the Closing occurs, the parties
            ---------------
hereto and their respective officers,  directors,  employees and representatives
will comply with the  Confidentiality  Agreement (to the extent not inconsistent
with this Agreement),  the provisions of which are expressly incorporated herein
in their entirety by this reference.

      10.4  Further Assurances.  After the Closing, Sellers will use their
            ------------------
commercially  reasonable  efforts to furnish to Buyer such other instruments and
information as Buyer may reasonably request in order to convey to Buyer title to
the  Purchased  Property,  to be  delivered  from  time  to  time  upon  Buyer's
reasonable request.

      10.5  Prorations. The following liabilities that call for periodic pay-
            ----------
ments shall be prorated  between  Sellers and Buyer:  (i) utility charges (which
shall include water,  sewer,  electricity,  gas and other utility  charges) with
respect to the Owned Real  Property,  the property  subject to the Real Property
Leases and customer  owned  equipment,  (ii) rental charges (which shall include
rental charges and other lease payments under the Real Property  Leases and Real
Property  Interests),  (iii) personal services (these services are charged for a
period which includes the Closing Date; this shall include contract labor),  and
(iv) any Taxes  that are  imposed  on a  periodic  basis and are  payable  for a
taxable  period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date,  including
but not limited to real and  personal  property  Taxes,  ad valorem  Taxes,  and
franchise fees or Taxes ("Periodic Taxes").  With respect to measurement periods
during which the Closing Date occurs (all such periods of time being hereinafter
called "Proration Periods"),  the liabilities described in clauses (i), (ii) and
(iii) of the preceding  sentence shall be apportioned  between Sellers and Buyer
as of the Closing  Date,  with Buyer  bearing  only the  expense  thereof in the
proportion that the number of days remaining in the applicable  Proration Period
after the  Closing  Date  bears to the  total  number  of days  covered  by such
Proration Period. Real and personal property Taxes and ad valorem Taxes shall be
prorated  between Buyer and Sellers based on the relative  periods the Purchased
Property was owned by each  respective  party during the fiscal period for which
Periodic Taxes were assessed by the Taxing  jurisdiction  (as such fiscal period
is  reflected  on the bill  rendered  by such  taxing  jurisdiction).  Buyer and
Sellers shall pay or be reimbursed  for Periodic Taxes  (including  instances in
which such  property  Taxes  have been paid  before  the  Closing  Date) on this
prorated  basis.  If a payment on a Periodic  Tax bill is due after the Closing,
the party that is legally  required to make such payment shall make such payment
and  promptly  forward an invoice to the other party for its pro rata share,  if
any.  If the other party does not pay the invoice  within  thirty (30)  calendar
days of receipt,  the amount of such payment  shall bear interest at the rate of
eight percent (8%) per annum.  Similarly,  all prepayments made by Sellers under
Assigned Contracts with respect to service or maintenance  agreements  requiring
periodic  payments  with third parties or license or other fees payable to third
parties shall be prorated on an appropriate basis between Sellers and Buyer.

      10.6  Cost Studies/NECA Matters.
            -------------------------
            10.6.1 Prior to Closing.  Sellers  agree that, with respect to all
toll revenues,  settlements,  pools,  separations studies or similar activities,
Sellers  shall be  responsible  for (and shall receive the benefit or suffer the
burden of) any  adjustments to  contributions,  or receipt of funds,  by Sellers
resulting  from any such  activities  that are related to the  operation  of the
Business or the  ownership or operation of the Purchased  Property  prior to the
Closing Date. Specifically, this paragraph shall apply, but shall not be limited
to, any matters related to the National Exchange Carrier Association ("NECA") or
the Universal Service  Administration  Company ("USAC")  including the Universal
Service Fund ("USF"),  Long Term Support ("LTS"), and  Telecommunications  Relay
Services funds established by the FCC.

            10.6.2 From and After Closing.

                   (a)  In the case of Purchased Exchanges that comprise less
than an entire Study Area, the following shall apply:

                        (i)   Rural and non-rural carriers currently receive USF
funds based on historic costs  computed  pursuant to Subpart F of Part 36 of the
FCC's rules.  Beginning July 1, 1999 or a date thereafter determined by the FCC,
non-rural  carriers  shall not receive  USF funds  pursuant to Part 36, but will
receive  support based on  forward-looking  economic  costs pursuant to Part 54.
Sellers  will take all steps  necessary to ensure  that,  for each  Transitional
Year, Buyer receives a pro rata share of any USF funds  distributed  during each
year.  Buyer's  pro rata share of such USF funds for a given  Transitional  Year
shall be determined for each Acquired  Local Loop by  multiplying  the USF funds
attributable  to such loop for that year times the number of months of that year
that such loop is owned by the Buyer.

                        (ii)  Buyer shall make all USF filings that are required
under FCC rules after the Closing Date,and Sellers shall provide such reasonable
assistance as is required in order to make such filings.

                        (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer's right to
receive a pro rata share of USF is conditioned  upon Buyer's  payment,  from and
after the  Closing  Date,  of a pro rata share of the annual  universal  service
contribution  liability  assessed by the USAC based on end-user  retail revenues
for the previous  year  generated by assets being sold.  The  resulting  Buyer's
annual USF  obligation for assets  purchased  shall be prorated in proportion to
the number of months in the year from and after the Closing Date.

                   (b)  In the case of Purchased Exchanges that comprise an
entire Study Area, the following shall apply:

                        (i)   Buyer shall receive all USF funds, from and after
the Closing Date, as determined by USAC from data  submitted by Sellers prior to
Closing Date pursuant to FCC Rules and  Regulations as stated in Part 36.611 and
Part 36.612 for rural carriers and Part 54 for non-rural carriers. After Closing
Date Buyer  shall make all  submissions  and filings for USF funds for all years
for which Sellers had not made a submission  prior to Closing Date in accordance
with FCC Rules and  Regulations.  Within a reasonable time after Buyer's written
request,  Sellers shall furnish to Buyer such  necessary  information  regarding
Sellers'  ownership of the  Purchased  Property  during any year for which Buyer
shall  make  a  submission,  and  such  reasonable  assistance  as  required  in
connection with Buyer's preparation of necessary filings or submissions.

                        (ii)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer's right to
receive all USF revenue is conditioned upon Buyer's payment,  from and after the
Closing Date, of all universal service  contribution  liability assessed by USAC
based on end-user  retail  revenues  for the previous  year  generated by assets
being sold.

      10.7  Customer Deposits and Construction Advances.  Within thirty
            -------------------------------------------
(30) days  after  Closing,  Sellers  agree to  transfer  to Buyer  the  customer
deposits  together with any interest  accrued  thereon  (collectively  "Customer
Deposits") and Construction Advances,  together with all of Sellers' obligations
(exclusive of pre-Closing  disputes with respect thereto) and rights to hold the
Customer Deposits and Construction  Advances of the Business,  up to the Closing
Date,  and Buyer agrees to hold,  disburse and retain such deposits so delivered
to it, and to perform  related  construction,  as the case may be, as if it were
Sellers.

      10.8  Access to Books and Records.
            ---------------------------
                   (a)  After the Closing, Sellers will retain all Retained
Books and Records for a period of three (3) years from the date  hereof,  except
for Tax Returns and supporting  documentation,  which Sellers shall retain until
the later to occur of (i) sixty (60) days  subsequent  to the  expiration of the
applicable  statute  of  limitations  or any  extensions  thereof,  or (ii)  the
expiration of three (3) years from the date hereof.

                   (b)  After the Closing, upon reasonable notice and subject to
the  Confidentiality  Agreement,  the parties will give to the  representatives,
employees,  counsel and accountants of the other, access, during normal business
hours, to books and records relating to the Business and the Purchased Property,
and will permit such persons to examine and copy such  records,  in each case to
the extent  reasonably  requested by the other party in connection  with Tax and
financial reporting matters (including any Tax Returns and related  information,
but  not  attorney  work  product),  audits,  legal  proceedings,   governmental
investigations and other business purposes (including such financial information
and any receipts  evidencing  payment of Taxes as may be requested by Sellers to
substantiate  any claim for Tax credits or  refunds);  provided,  however,  that
nothing  herein will obligate any party to take actions that would  unreasonably
disrupt the normal  course of its  business or violate the terms of any Contract
to which it is a party or to which it or any of its assets is  subject.  Sellers
and Buyer  will  cooperate  with each  other in the  conduct of any Tax audit or
similar  proceedings  involving  or  otherwise  relating to the Business (or the
income  therefrom  or  assets  thereof)  with  respect  to any Tax and each will
execute and deliver such powers of attorney and other documents as are necessary
to carry out the intent of this Section 10.8(b).

      10.9  Purchase Price Allocation. No later than ninety (90) days subsequent
            -------------------------
to the Closing  Date,  Buyer and Sellers  shall use their good faith  efforts to
agree to the allocation (the  "Allocation")  of the Purchase Price,  the Assumed
Liabilities and other relevant items (including, for example, adjustments to the
Purchase Price) to the individual assets or classes of assets within the meaning
of Section 1060 of the IRC. If Buyer and Sellers agree to such Allocation  prior
to Closing, Buyer and Sellers covenant and agree that (i) the values assigned to
the assets by the parties'  mutual  agreement  shall be conclusive and final for
all purposes,  and (ii) neither Buyer nor Sellers will take any position  before
any  Governmental  Authority  or in any judicial  proceeding  that is in any way
inconsistent with such Allocation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if Buyer and
Sellers cannot agree to an Allocation,  Buyer and Sellers  covenant and agree to
file and to cause  their  respective  Affiliates  to file,  all Tax  Returns and
schedules thereto (including,  for example,  amended returns, claims for refund,
and those  returns  and forms  required  under  Section  1060 of the IRC and any
Treasury regulations  promulgated  thereunder) consistent with each of Buyer and
Sellers' good faith  Allocations,  unless otherwise required because of a change
in applicable Law.

      10.10 Owned Real Property Transfers. Within sixty (60) days of the date of
            -----------------------------
this  Agreement,  Sellers  shall  deliver to Buyer copies of all existing  title
insurance  policies in Sellers'  possession  covering  the Owned Real  Property.
Thereafter,  no later than thirty (30) days  before the  Closing  Date,  Sellers
shall  deliver (at  Sellers'  expense) to Buyer  title  commitments  for owners'
policies of title  insurance  prepared by a title insurance  company  reasonably
acceptable to Buyer and a certified  current  survey,  with respect to all Owned
Real Property  included in the Purchased  Property and in which Sellers purports
to own fee title.  Buyer  acknowledges  that such title commitments shall be for
California Land Title  Association  ("CLTA") owners' policies of title insurance
(or its  equivalent)  unless Buyer has  requested in writing,  prior to the date
hereof,  that such  commitments be issued for other forms of title insurance (in
which event, Buyer shall bear all costs and premiums for such title insurance to
the extent attributable to such coverage being in excess of CLTA coverage or its
equivalent).  Such title commitments shall reflect that upon the consummation of
the sale to Buyer contemplated by this Agreement and the payment of all premiums
and charges due for such title  insurance,  Buyer will be vested with good,  fee
simple title to such Owned Real Property,  subject only to the  exceptions  show
thereon,  the title  company's  standard  exceptions  and  exclusions,  and such
matters that arise after the date and time of such title  commitment.  Except as
provided  in  the  following   sentence,   in  the  event  that  Buyer  requires
endorsements  to  such  title  commitments  or the  applicable  title  insurance
policies,  such endorsements  shall be obtained at Buyer's sole cost and expense
and shall not be a condition  to Closing.  On the Closing  Date,  Sellers  shall
convey  the Owned Real  Property  to be  transferred  to Buyer  subject  only to
Permitted Encumbrances, provided that Sellers may transfer such property subject
to one or more exceptions that are not Permitted  Encumbrances if Sellers commit
in writing, in form and substance  reasonably  acceptable to Buyer, on or before
the  Closing  Date,  to  cause  any  such  exception  that  is  not a  Permitted
Encumbrance  to be  removed,  insured  or  bonded  over  to  Buyer's  reasonable
satisfaction,  or if Sellers  indemnify Buyer with respect to such exceptions to
Buyer's  reasonable  satisfaction on or before the Closing Date. With respect to
each  parcel of Owned Real  Property  covered by a title  commitment  referenced
above,  the  amount  of title  insurance  provided  under the  applicable  title
insurance  policy  shall be the fair market  value of the  applicable  property,
which  shall  be  determined  by  Buyer  at its  sole  cost  and  expense  using
commercially reasonable methods of valuation,  provided that all such valuations
shall be consistent with all allocations of the Purchase Price made hereunder or
pursuant  to this  Agreement,  and shall be  acceptable  to the title  insurance
company. The determination of fair market value shall be made in a timely manner
such that the title  commitments  can be issued in a timely  manner prior to the
Closing  Date.  Sellers  agree that prior to Closing it will  provide  the title
company with such instructions,  authorizations,  affidavits, and indemnities as
may be reasonably  necessary  for the title  company to issue title  policies to
Buyer,  dated as of the Closing  Date,  for all of the Owned Real  Property with
so-called  non-imputation  endorsements.  By no later than  forty-five (45) days
after the Closing Date,  Sellers shall deliver to Buyer a final title  insurance
policy  covering  each  parcel of the Owned Real  Property  covered by the title
commitments. Buyer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to work with the
title  company  between the date hereof and  forty-five  (45) days after Closing
Date to resolve any issues with respect to such title commitments. Sellers shall
be responsible for the payment of all title insurance  premiums  attributable to
the CLTA  portion of the  coverage  afforded by each such policy  obtained,  and
Buyer shall be responsible  for the payment of all title  insurance  premiums in
excess of such amount and for the payment of all  endorsement  charges and other
fees and costs imposed by the title company.

      10.11 Transaction Taxes.  Buyer shall bear and be  responsible  for paying
            -----------------
any sales, use, transfer, documentary, registration, business and occupation and
other similar Taxes (including related penalties (civil or criminal),  additions
to Tax and interest) imposed by any Governmental Authorities with respect to the
transfer of  Purchased  Property to Buyer  (including  the Owned Real  Property)
("Transaction Taxes"),  regardless of whether the Tax authority seeks to collect
the such Taxes from Sellers or Buyer.  Buyer shall also be  responsible  for (i)
administering the payment of such Transaction  Taxes, (ii) defending or pursuing
any proceedings related thereto,  and (iii) paying any expenses related thereto.
Sellers shall give prompt written notice to Buyer of any proposed  adjustment or
assessment of any Transaction  Taxes with respect to the transaction,  or of any
examination of said transaction in a sales,  use, transfer or similar Tax audit.
In any  proceedings,  whether formal or informal,  Sellers shall permit Buyer to
participate  and  control  the  defense of such  proceeding,  and shall take all
actions and execute all documents required to allow such participation.  Sellers
shall not negotiate a settlement or compromise of any Transaction  Taxes without
the written consent of Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

      10.12 Bulk Sales Laws. Sellers and Buyer waive compliance with applicable
            ---------------
Laws under any version of Article 6 of the Uniform  Commercial  Code  adopted by
any state or any similar Law relating to the sale of inventory, equipment or
other assets in bulk in connection with the sale of the Purchased Property.

      10.13 Prepaid Non-regulated Maintenance Agreements. Within thirty (30)
            --------------------------------------------
days  following  Closing,  Sellers shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the pro
rata portion of all prepaid but unearned  revenues from  Sellers'  customers for
all non-regulated maintenance agreements as of the Closing Date.

      10.14 Vehicle Registration.  Buyer agrees to use its commercially
            ---------------------
reasonable  efforts to file promptly the appropriate  vehicle title applications
and  registrations  to change the name of the titled owner on each vehicle title
certificate and change the motor vehicle  registration  (with respect to license
plate  information)  on each  vehicle  being  transferred  to Buyer from Sellers
pursuant  to this  Agreement.  Buyer  agrees  that it shall  remove and  destroy
Sellers'  existing license plates from all vehicles  received  promptly upon the
receipt of new license plates.

      10.15 Carrier Access Billing and Accounts Receivable Transition.  Sellers
            ---------------------------------------------------------
shall render their own final carrier access bills to its interexchange  carriers
for  minutes,  messages  and other  applicable  charges up to the Closing  Date.
Sellers shall be responsible for collecting and settling any disputes associated
with their final bills to the interexchange carriers.

      10.16 End-User Billing and Accounts Receivable Transition. Buyer agrees to
            ---------------------------------------------------
purchase  Sellers'  Earned  End-user  Accounts  Receivable  and make  payment to
Sellers for those accounts in the manner described below.

                   (a)  Sellers shall transfer to Buyer, as soon as reasonably
available after Closing,  all open end-user  customer  account records as of the
end of  business on the  Closing  Date.  Following  the  Closing,  Buyer will be
responsible for  administering  those records  including the application of cash
receipts to customer  accounts,  whether related to services  rendered before or
after the Closing.  Sellers will promptly forward to Buyer all customer payments
and  related  remittance  documents  received  by Sellers  after the Closing for
processing by Buyer.

                   (b)  Within twenty (20) days following the Closing, Sellers
will provide an accounting to Buyer of the Earned End-User  Accounts  Receivable
and the Customer Advances,  as well as the most recent twelve (12) month history
of Sellers'  uncollectible  net writeoffs  expressed as a percentage of billings
for the  Business  (the  "Uncollectible  Factor").  This data and the  resulting
calculation of the Earned End-User Accounts Receivable Amount will be summarized
in  an  accounts  receivable  settlement  statement  (the  "Accounts  Receivable
Settlement  Statement").  Within thirty (30) days  following the Closing,  Buyer
will  remit to Sellers an amount  equal to 80% of the Earned  End-User  Accounts
Receivable  Amount less 100% of the  Customer  Advances.  Within sixty (60) days
following the Closing, Buyer will remit an additional 15% of the Earned End-User
Accounts Receivable Amount and within ninety (90) days will remit the final 5%.

                   (c)  Not later than ten (10) days prior to the due dates for
the sixty (60) and ninety  (90) day  payments  referred  to in Section  10.16(b)
above, Sellers will provide Buyer with an updated Accounts Receivable Settlement
Statement  reflecting any adjustments  based upon  non-sufficient  funds checks,
billing  adjustments  or other facts that have become  known after the  original
statement that relate to pre-closing activity.

                   (d)  If at any time during the ninety (90) day period
following the Closing,  Buyer or Sellers  discovers any material  discrepancy in
the Accounts  Receivable  Settlement  Statement,  Sellers and Buyer agree to use
commercially  reasonable  efforts to resolve any discrepancy in a timely manner,
and also agree to make payments  related to any undisputed  amounts as set forth
above.

      10.17 Cooperation. Subsequent to the Closing Date, Buyer and Sellers agree
            ------------
that they shall  cooperate,  each with the  other,  in order to  facilitate  the
orderly  transfer  of the  operation  of the  Business  from  Sellers  to Buyer;
provided that except as may be otherwise required under that Agreement, no party
shall  be  required  to  pay  any  out-of-pocket  costs  associated  with  their
respective obligations hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE 11
                         EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYEE MATTERS

      11.1  Employment of Transferred Employees. All Active Employees of Sellers
            -----------------------------------
employed  in the  Business,  and all  Active  Employees  of  Sellers  and  their
Affiliates  who  are  associated   with  the  Business,   on  the  Closing  Date
(hereinafter  collectively  referred  to as  "Transferred  Employees")  shall be
employed by (or become the  responsibility  of, as  applicable)  Buyer as of the
Closing Date in the same or comparable positions,  and at the same or comparable
total  compensation  (including  base pay and bonus  (exclusive of any retention
bonus)),  as were in effect on the Closing Date, except as otherwise provided in
this  Agreement.  The term  "Transferred  Employees"  shall  include  only those
individuals  described in the preceding  sentence who are  identified as such on
Schedule 11.1. For purposes of the first sentence,  the term "Active  Employees"
shall  include all  full-time  and  part-time  employees,  employees on workers'
compensation,  military  leave,  maternity  leave,  leave  under the  Family and
Medical Leave Act of 1993, short-term disability,  non-occupational  disability,
on layoff with recall rights,  and employees on other approved leaves of absence
with a legal or contractual right to reinstatement.  Buyer also shall employ any
employee  of  Sellers  or their  Affiliates  who on the  Closing  Date is an LTD
Recipient  (as defined in Section  11.7) and who  immediately  before his active
employment  with  Sellers  or their  Affiliates  ceased  was  employed  in or in
association  with the  Business and whose  primary  work  location is within the
areas  serviced by the Purchased  Exchanges,  provided such employee  returns to
active  employment  within one (1) year of the Closing Date. For a period of six
(6) months following the Closing Date,  Buyer shall not employ,  and Buyer shall
not permit any of its Affiliates to employ,  any person who retires or otherwise
terminates from any employment at or in association with the Business during the
six-month  period  beginning  three (3) months  before  the  Closing  Date.  All
Transferred  Employees and LTD  Recipients (as defined in Section 11.7) shall be
identified  on Schedule  11.1 to be prepared by Seller and submitted to Buyer at
least  fifteen (15) days prior to the Closing  Date;  such  Schedule  11.1 shall
identify,  as of the date of such  Schedule,  the employees who have  terminated
employment as described in the preceding sentence;  and such Schedule 11.1 shall
be updated as of the date that is three months after the Closing to identify any
employees who terminated employment as described in the preceding sentence after
the date of the original Schedule 11.1.

            11.1.1 Assumption of Collective Bargaining Agreement Obligations.
On and after the Closing Date, Buyer, as successor  employer to Sellers (subject
to Sellers' Retained  Liabilities in Section 2.4.2(d)),  shall assume all of the
employer's obligations under, and be bound by the provisions of, each collective
bargaining  agreement  covering  Transferred  Employees.  Each  such  collective
bargaining agreement relating to Transferred  Employees shall be identified on a
Schedule  11.1.1 to be  prepared  by  Sellers  and  submitted  to Buyer at least
fifteen (15) days prior to the Closing Date.  Sellers shall cooperate with Buyer
in Buyer's efforts to contact the unions representing  Transferred Employees. If
a union representing  Transferred Employees objects to Buyer's assumption of, or
refuses to allow Buyer to assume,  the  provisions  of any  existing  collective
bargaining agreement that covers such Transferred  Employees  immediately before
the  Closing  Date,  or  objects  to any change in or  termination  of  employee
benefits on or after the Closing Date,  Sellers and their  Affiliates shall have
no liability or obligation to Buyer by reason of such objection or refusal.  If,
on or before the Closing Date, an employee objects, or refuses to assent, to the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement  insofar as the
Agreement  affects  the  employee,  Sellers and their  Affiliates  shall have no
liability  or  obligation  to the  employee  or any other party by reason of the
employee's  objection or refusal to assent,  and Buyer shall be responsible  for
any liability or obligation that arises by reason of the employee's objection or
refusal to assent  (other than any  liability  or  obligation  that results from
Sellers'  failure to comply  with this  Agreement  and that does not result from
Buyer's failure to comply with this Agreement).

            11.1.2 Assumption of Employment and Other Agreements. On and after
the Closing Date, except as otherwise provided in this  Agreement or in Schedule
11.1.2,  Buyer, as successor  employer to Sellers (subject to Sellers'  Retained
Liabilities  in Section  2.4.2(d)),  shall assume all  obligations  under and be
bound by the  provisions of each offer of employment by Sellers  relating to the
Business,  each employment  agreement or any other agreement by Sellers relating
to conditions  of  employment,  employment  separation,  severance,  or employee
benefits in connection  with the  Business.  All  obligations  described in this
Section  11.1.2  assumed by and binding  Buyer shall be identified on a Schedule
11.1.2 to be prepared by Sellers and  submitted  to Buyer at least  fifteen (15)
days prior to the Closing Date.

            11.1.3 Recognition of Transferred Employee Service. On and after the
Closing  Date,  and  subject  to the  provisions  of any  applicable  collective
bargaining  agreement,  Buyer shall  recognize  the service of each  Transferred
Employee for all employment-related purposes (other than an employee achievement
award, within the meaning of Section 274(j) of the IRC) determined in accordance
with the practices  and  procedures of Sellers in effect on the Closing Date, as
if such  service  had been  rendered to Buyer.  Schedule  11.1 to be prepared by
Sellers  and  submitted  to Buyer no later than  fifteen  (15) days prior to the
Closing  Date  shall  list the  service  of each  Transferred  Employee  for the
employment-related purposes referred to in the preceding sentence.

            11.1.4 Assumption of Obligation to Pay Bonuses. Except as otherwise
expressly  provided in this  Agreement,  Transferred  Employees shall not accrue
benefits under any employee benefit  policies,  plans,  arrangements,  programs,
practices, or agreements of Sellers or any of their Affiliates after the Closing
Date. For the year in which the Closing Date occurs,  the Transferred  Employees
shall be paid any  bonuses  that  would  have been  payable  to the  Transferred
Employees  for that year had the  Transferred  Employees  remained  employees of
Sellers or one of their  Affiliates,  in accordance  with the  provisions of the
policy, plan, arrangement,  program, practice or agreement under which the bonus
would  have  been  paid  (the  "Sellers'  Bonus  Plans").  Sellers  shall pay to
Transferred  Employees  that portion of any such bonus that is  attributable  to
service  during such year on or before the Closing Date,  and Buyer shall pay to
Transferred  Employees  that portion of any such bonus that is  attributable  to
service  during such year after the Closing Date. In  determining  the amount of
the bonus to be paid by Buyer in accordance with the preceding  sentence,  Buyer
shall  apply  criteria  that  are  substantially   comparable  to  the  criteria
established as of the Closing Date under the Sellers Bonus Plans under which the
bonus would have been paid had the Transferred  Employees  remained employees of
Sellers or one of their  Affiliates.  Sellers  shall  identify the Sellers Bonus
Plans on a Schedule  11.1.4 to be  delivered to Buyer no later than fifteen (15)
days prior to the Closing Date.

            11.1.5 No Duplicate Benefits; Dependents and Beneficiaries. Nothing
in this Agreement  shall cause  duplicate  benefits to be paid or provided to or
with respect to a  Transferred  Employee  under any employee  benefit  policies,
plans, arrangements,  programs, practices, or agreements. References herein to a
benefit with respect to a Transferred Employee shall include,  where applicable,
benefits  with  respect to any eligible  dependents  and  beneficiaries  of such
Transferred Employee under the same employee benefit policy, plan,  arrangement,
program, practice or agreement.

            11.1.6 Affiliate Employees. If any employee identified in Schedule
11.1 is an employee of an Affiliate of Sellers,  he or she shall be considered a
Transferred  Employee and shall be treated under this Agreement in a manner that
is  comparable  to the  treatment  given to the  Transferred  Employees  who are
employed by Sellers, except that his or her service as of the Closing Date shall
be  determined in  accordance  with the  practices and  procedures of his or her
employer, as in effect on the Closing Date.

            11.1.7 Term of Assumed Obligations. Except as otherwise expressly
provided in this Agreement,  Buyer's  obligations  with respect to Transferred
Employees under this Article 11 shall continue for a period of not less than one
year after the Closing Date.

      11.2  Transferred Employee Benefit Matters.
            ------------------------------------

            11.2.1 Defined Benefit Plans.

                   (a)  Sellers' Pension Plans.  As of the date of this
Agreement,  Seller participates in the following single-employer defined benefit
pension plans maintained in the United States:

                        (i)  the GTE Service Corporation Plan for Employees'
Pensions (the "Sellers' Salaried Pension Plan"); and

                        (ii) the GTE Midwest Incorporated Plan for Hourly-Paid
Employees' Pensions and the GTE Southwest Incorporated Plan for Hourly-Paid
Employees' Pensions (collectively, the "Sellers' Hourly Pension Plan").

            The plans identified in this Section  11.2.1(a) shall be referred to
collectively  in this Agreement as the "Sellers'  Pension  Plans," and each such
plan shall be referred to individually as a "Sellers' Pension Plan."

                   (b)  Buyer Obligations. Buyer shall take all actions
necessary  and  appropriate  to ensure that,  as soon as  practicable  after the
Closing Date,  Buyer maintains or adopts one or more pension plans  (hereinafter
referred to in the aggregate as the "Buyer  Pension Plans" and  individually  as
the "Buyer  Pension  Plan")  effective as of the Closing Date and to ensure that
each Buyer Pension Plan satisfies the following  requirements  as of the Closing
Date: (i) the Buyer Pension Plan is a qualified, single-employer defined benefit
plan under  Section  401(a) of the IRC;  (ii) any Buyer Pension Plan that was in
effect  before  the  Closing  Date  shall  not  have  any  "accumulated  funding
deficiency,"  as  defined in Section  302 of ERISA and  Section  412 of the IRC,
whether or not  waived,  immediately  before the Closing  Date;  (iii) the Buyer
Pension  Plan is not the  subject  of  termination  proceedings  or a notice  of
termination  under  Title IV of  ERISA;  (iv) the  Buyer  Pension  Plan does not
exclude Transferred  Employees from eligibility to participate  therein; (v) the
Buyer  Pension  Plan  does  not  violate  the  requirements  of  any  applicable
collective bargaining agreement;  and (vi) with respect to Transferred Employees
who were  participants  in the Sellers' Hourly Pension Plan on the Closing Date,
the terms of the Buyer Pension Plan are substantially  identical in all material
respects to the terms of the Sellers'  Hourly  Pension  Plan.  Within the 30-day
period  immediately  preceding  any  transfer of assets and  liabilities  from a
Sellers'  Pension  Plan  to a  Buyer  Pension  Plan  pursuant  to  this  Section
11.2.1(b),  Buyer shall provide Sellers with a written certification,  in a form
acceptable  to  Sellers,  that the  Buyer  Pension  Plan  satisfies  each of the
requirements set forth in this Section 11.2.1(b).

                   (c)  Transfer of Liabilities.

                        (i)  In accordance with the provisions of this Section
11.2.1,  Buyer shall cause the Buyer Pension Plans to accept all liabilities for
benefits under the Sellers Pension Plans, whether or not vested, that would have
been paid or payable (but for the transfer of assets and liabilities pursuant to
this Section 11.2.1) to or with respect to the  Transferred  Employees under the
terms  of the  Sellers'  Pension  Plans,  including,  but not  limited  to,  all
liabilities for "Section  411(d)(6)  protected  benefits" (as defined by Section
411(d)(6) of the IRC and the regulations thereunder) that have accrued under the
Sellers' Pension Plans to or with respect to the Transferred  Employees based on
accredited  service and compensation  under the Sellers' Pension Plans as of the
Closing Date. Buyer shall not amend the Buyer Pension Plans, or permit the Buyer
Pension Plans to be amended,  to eliminate  any benefit,  whether or not vested,
that is a "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit" (as defined by Section 411(d)(6)
of the IRC and the regulations thereunder). Sellers or an Affiliate thereof may,
in its sole discretion on or prior to the transfer of  liabilities,  take action
to fully  vest  Transferred  Employees  in their  benefits  (if any)  under  the
Sellers' Pension Plans.

                        (ii) (A)  For purposes of eligibility and vesting under
the Buyer Pension Plans,  each  Transferred  Employee  whose accrued  benefit is
transferred  from a  Sellers'  Pension  Plan to a Buyer  Pension  Plan  shall be
credited  with service and  compensation  as of the Closing  Date as  determined
under  the terms of the  Sellers'  Pension  Plan.  The  benefit  under the Buyer
Pension  Plan  for  each   Transferred   Employee  who,  on  the  Closing  Date,
participates  in the Sellers'  Hourly  Pension Plan,  shall be calculated  under
terms of the Buyer Pension Plan that are substantially identical in all material
respects to the terms of the Sellers'  Hourly Pension Plan. The benefit for each
Transferred  Employee  who, on the Closing  Date,  participates  in the Sellers'
Salaried  Pension Plan, shall not be less than the greater of (x) the sum of the
Transferred  Employee's  "Sellers'  Pension"  and  "Buyer  Pension,"  or (y) the
Transferred  Employee's  "Total Service  Pension," each as determined  under the
rules set forth in subsection (c)(iii)(B) of this Section 11.2.1.

                             (B)  Each Transferred Employee who, as of the
Closing Date,  participates or formerly  participated  in the Sellers'  Salaried
Pension Plan and who, under the terms of the Sellers' Salaried Pension Plan, has
at least 15 years of accredited service and combined years of age and accredited
service  of at  least  74 as of June 1,  1999,  shall  be  eligible,  after  the
Transferred   Employee's  employment  with  the  Buyer  and  its  Affiliates  is
terminated and after the Transferred  Employee's combined years of age and years
of  accredited  service  equal or exceed  76, to  receive  his or her  "Sellers'
Pension" (as determined under the rules set forth in subsection (c)(iii) of this
Section  11.2.1) as an immediate early  retirement  pension under the applicable
Buyer Pension Plan in accordance  with early  retirement  provisions that are no
less favorable to the Transferred Employee than the early retirement  provisions
of the Sellers' Salaried Pension Plan as of the Closing Date. For a period of at
least five (5) years following June 1, 1999, Buyer shall cause the Buyer Pension
Plan to retain early  retirement  provisions  that are no less  favorable to the
Transferred  Employees  than the early  retirement  provisions  of the  Sellers'
Salaried  Pension  Plan to which  they  were  subject  as of the  Closing  Date;
provided,  however,  that a Transferred Employee shall be entitled to consent to
the provision to such  Transferred  Employee of a different  and less  favorable
early retirement benefit.

                             (C)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
of this  subsection (c) (ii), if a lump-sum  distribution is available under the
Buyer  Pension  Plan,  the  benefit  under  the  Buyer  Pension  Plan  of a GATT
Grandfathered  Participant,  when expressed in the form of a lump sum, shall not
be less than the benefit under the Buyer Pension Plan determined  without regard
to the changes to Section 417 of the IRC made by the  Uruguay  Round  Agreements
Act.  The method  used to  convert a GATT  Grandfathered  Participant's  accrued
benefit into a lump-sum  amount under the Buyer Pension Plan after 1999 shall be
not less favorable to a GATT Grandfathered  Participant than the method used for
similar  purposes by the Seller  Pension  Plan.  For purposes of this  paragraph
(c)(ii)(C),  "GATT Grandfathered  Participant" shall mean a Transferred Employee
(x) with respect to whom liabilities are transferred pursuant to this subsection
(c) and (y) who,  taking service from Buyer into account as service with Seller,
would have been eligible  under the Sellers'  Pension Plan, but for the transfer
of liabilities  pursuant to this  subsection  (c), to have his benefit under the
Sellers'  Pension  Plan (when  expressed  in the form of a lump sum)  determined
without  regard to the  changes  to Section  417 of the IRC made by the  Uruguay
Round Agreements Act.
                             (D)  For a period of five (5) years following June
 1,  1999,  Buyer  shall  cause  the  Buyer  Pension  Plan to  retain  early
retirement  provisions that are no less favorable to the  Transferred  Employees
than the early  retirement  provisions  of the Sellers'  Hourly  Pension Plan to
which they were  subject  as of the  Closing  Date;  provided,  however,  that a
Transferred  Employee  shall be  entitled  to consent to the  provision  to such
Transferred Employee of a different and less favorable early retirement benefit.

                        (iii)(A)  The Buyer Pension Plan benefit of a
Transferred  Employee  who, on the Closing  Date,  participates  in the Sellers'
Hourly Pension Plan, shall be calculated as set forth in paragraph (c)(ii)(a) of
this Section 11.2.1.

                             (B)  The Buyer Pension Plan benefit of a Trans-
ferred Employee who, on the Closing Date,  participates in the Sellers' Salaried
Pension Plan,  shall be calculated by applying the benefit  formula set forth in
paragraph  (c)(ii)(A)  of this  Section  11.2.1,  in  accordance  with the rules
described  in the  remainder of this  paragraph  (B). A  Transferred  Employee's
"Sellers' Pension" shall be calculated by applying the benefit formula under the
Sellers'  Salaried  Pension  Plan  (as in  effect  on the  Closing  Date) to the
Transferred  Employee's  service and  compensation  credited  under the Sellers'
Salaried  Pension Plan as of the Closing Date. A Transferred  Employee's  "Buyer
Pension"  shall be not less than an amount  calculated  by applying  the benefit
formula  under  the  Buyer  Pension  Plan to the  Transferred  Employee's  total
accredited  service and  compensation  under the Buyer  Pension Plan  (including
service and compensation credited under the Sellers' Salaried Pension Plan as of
the Closing Date as if such service and  compensation  had been earned under the
Buyer Pension Plan and service and compensation credited under the Buyer Pension
Plan after the Closing  Date),  multiplied  by the ratio of  accredited  service
earned after the Closing Date to such total  accredited  service;  provided that
for a period of at least  five (5) years  following  June 1, 1999,  Buyer  shall
cause the benefit  formula used in determining  such "Buyer  Pension" to provide
benefits  at least as  valuable  as were  provided  under  the  benefit  formula
applicable to the Transferred  Employee under the Sellers' Salaried Pension Plan
on the Closing Date. A Transferred  Employee's  "Total Service Pension" shall be
calculated  by applying the benefit  formula under the Buyer Pension Plan to the
Transferred  Employee's  accredited  service (including service and compensation
credited  with the Sellers  under the Sellers'  Salaried  Pension Plan as of the
Closing  Date as if such  service and  compensation  was earned  under the Buyer
Pension Plan and service and compensation  credited under the Buyer Pension Plan
on and after the Closing  Date).  Solely for purposes of computing a Transferred
Employee's "Total Service Pension,"  compensation received by such a Transferred
Employee  from the Sellers  shall be treated as  compensation  received from the
Buyer. The Sellers'  Pension,  the Buyer Pension,  and the Total Service Pension
shall take into account the Transferred  Employee's actual age and entire period
of service  (including service credited under the Sellers' Salaried Pension Plan
as of the Closing Date and service  credited under the Buyer Pension Plan on and
after the Closing Date) for vesting and benefit eligibility purposes.

                              (C) Each Transferred Employee who is eligible
to  receive a benefit  under the Buyer  Pension  Plan may elect to  receive  the
portion of said benefit that is equal to the Sellers'  Pension in any form,  and
with any early retirement or other actuarial  subsidy,  that was available under
the Sellers'  Pension Plan on the Closing  Date,  without  regard to whether the
Transferred  Employee is eligible to elect or receive, or does elect or receive,
the same form of  payment  or early  retirement  or  actuarial  subsidy  for the
remainder of the pension under the Buyer Pension Plan.

                        (iv) As soon as practicable after the Closing  Date,
Seller shall  deliver to Buyer a list  reflecting  each  Transferred  Employee's
service  and  compensation  under each of the  Sellers'  Pension  Plans and each
Transferred Employee's accrued benefit thereunder as of the Closing Date.

                   (d)  Transfer of Assets.

                        (i)  In  accordance with the provisions of subsection
(d)(i) of this  Section  11.2.1 and  subject  to the  provisions  of  subsection
(d)(vi) of this Section 11.2.1, Sellers shall direct the trustee of the Sellers'
Pension  Plans to  transfer to the  trustee or funding  agent of the  applicable
Buyer  Pension Plan an amount in cash  determined  as provided in the  following
sentence (the "Pension Assets") with respect to the Transferred  Employees whose
accrued benefits are transferred to a Buyer Pension Plan pursuant to Section (c)
of this Section 11.2.1. The value of the Pension Assets to be transferred by the
Sellers'  Pension  Plans  shall  be equal  in  value  to the  projected  benefit
obligation,  as defined in paragraph  17 of  Statement  of Financial  Accounting
Standards  No.  87  ("FAS  87"),  under  the  Sellers'  Pension  Plans  for  the
Transferred  Employees whose accrued benefits are transferred to a Buyer Pension
Plan pursuant to Section (c) of this Section 11.2.1,  determined in each case on
an  on-going  plan  basis  as of the  Closing  Date,  and on  the  basis  of the
assumptions used for the fiscal year which includes the Closing Date in Sellers'
determination  of pension  expense for the Sellers'  Pension Plans in accordance
with FAS 87; provided,  however, that in no event shall the value of the Pension
Assets be less than the amount  required to be  transferred by Section 414(l) of
the Code and the regulations thereunder determined using the assumptions used by
the PBGC with respect to a plan  termination  occurring on the Closing Date. The
Pension Assets shall be in the form of cash or marketable obligations.  Under no
circumstances  shall Sellers or the Sellers' Pension Plans be liable to transfer
any  additional  amount to Buyer or a Buyer  Pension Plan or any other person in
respect of the accrued benefits  transferred to a Buyer Pension Plan pursuant to
Section  (c)  of  this  Section  11.2.1,   including  but  not  limited  to  any
circumstance  under which any person (including a governmental  agency) states a
claim to some portion or all of the Pension Assets.

                        (ii) Sellers shall appoint an actuary ("Sellers'
Actuary")  to  determine  the amount to be  transferred  pursuant to  subsection
(d)(i) of this Section  11.2.1 and shall  provide such  determination  to Buyer.
Buyer shall appoint an actuary  ("Buyer's  Actuary") who shall have the right to
audit and review the determination made by Sellers' Actuary.  Within thirty (30)
days of the date  Sellers  inform  Buyer of the  amount of the  Pension  Assets,
Sellers'  Actuary shall provide  Buyer's Actuary with a computer file containing
all the employee data used by Sellers'  Actuary to calculate the Pension Assets.
If Buyer's Actuary is unable to agree with Sellers' Actuary on the amount of the
transfer  within sixty (60) days after Sellers  inform Buyer of the amount to be
transferred,  Sellers  and Buyer shall  jointly  select a third  actuary,  whose
determination  shall be binding on Sellers and Buyer.  Each of Sellers and Buyer
shall bear the fees, costs and expenses of their respective  actuaries,  and the
fees,  costs,  and  expenses  of the third  actuary  shall be borne  one-half by
Sellers and one-half by Buyer.

                        (iii) The Pension Assets shall be credited with interest
from the Closing  Date to the actual  date of  transfer at the assumed  discount
rate used in accordance  with  paragraph (i) of this Section (d);  provided that
any Pension Assets that are distributed  from the Sellers'  Pension Plans before
the date of transfer pursuant to subsection (d)(vi) of this Section 11.2.1 shall
be credited  with  interest  (such  interest to be credited to the Buyer Pension
Plans) only from the Closing Date to the date of distribution.

                        (iv)  Under the terms of each Buyer Pension Plan, the
accrued benefit of each Transferred  Employee  immediately after the transfer of
assets and  liabilities  pursuant to this Section  11.2.1 shall not be less than
the sum of each  Transferred  Employee's  accrued  benefits  under the  Sellers'
Pension  Plan and the Buyer  Pension  Plan  immediately  before the  transfer of
assets and  liabilities.  Neither Sellers nor their  Affiliates nor the Sellers'
Pension  Plans nor any trustee  thereof  shall retain any liability for benefits
under the Sellers'  Pension Plans for any  Transferred  Employee with respect to
whom cash or marketable  obligations  have been  transferred  to a Buyer Pension
Plan  pursuant to this  Section  11.2.1 or  distributed  pursuant to  subsection
(d)(vi) of this Section 11.2.1 (other than any additional liability that results
from Sellers' (or their Affiliates') failure to comply with this Agreement,  the
Sellers'  Pension  Plan or  applicable  Law and that  does not  result  from any
failure of Buyer or its  Affiliates  to comply  with this  Agreement,  the Buyer
Pension Plan or applicable Law).

                        (v)  In connection with the transfer of assets and
liabilities  pursuant to this Section 11.2.1,  Sellers and Buyer shall cooperate
with each other in making all appropriate  filings  required by the IRC or ERISA
and the  regulations  thereunder,  and the  transfer  of assets and  liabilities
pursuant  to  this  Section  11.2.1  shall  not  take  place  until  as  soon as
practicable  after  the  latest  of (i)  the  expiration  of the  30-day  period
following  the filing of any  required  notices with the IRS pursuant to Section
6058(b) of the IRC, or (ii) the date Buyer has  delivered  to Seller (xx) a copy
of the Buyer  Pension  Plan and a copy of the most recent  determination  letter
from the IRS to the  effect  that the  Buyer  Pension  Plan is  qualified  under
Section 401(a) of the IRC, together with documentation  reasonably  satisfactory
to Seller of the due  adoption  of any  amendments  to the  Buyer  Pension  Plan
required by the IRS as a condition  to such  qualification  and a  certification
from Buyer that no events have  occurred  that  adversely  affect the  continued
validity of such  determination  letter (apart from the enactment of any Federal
law for which the remedial  amendment period under Section 401(b) of the IRC has
not yet expired),  and (yy)  information  enabling the enrolled  actuary for the
Buyer Pension Plan to issue the certification required by Section 6058(b) of the
IRC.

                        (vi) (A)  If, after the Closing Date and before the date
of transfer of assets and liabilities  from the Sellers'  Pension Plans pursuant
to this  Section  11.2.1,  the accrued  benefit as of the Closing  Date  becomes
payable  under a  Sellers'  Pension  Plan to or with  respect  to a  Transferred
Employee,  Buyer shall (xx)  furnish GTE  Service  Corporation  with a copy of a
properly  completed  application for such benefits,  and (yy) direct GTE Service
Corporation to instruct the trustee of the Sellers' Pension Plan to make benefit
payments  in the  form and  amount  determined  by GTE  Service  Corporation  in
accordance with the properly completed  application for benefits.  Sellers shall
cause GTE Service Corporation to comply with any such direction.

                             (B)  To the extent that any reasonable custodial,
trustee, asset management, or other plan administration expenses attributable to
the  Pension  Assets and to the  period  ending on the date of the  transfer  of
assets and liabilities  from the Sellers' Pension Plans pursuant to this Section
11.2.1 are allocable to the assets and liabilities to be so  transferred,  Buyer
shall reimburse the trustee of the Sellers'  Pension Plans in the amount of such
allocable  expense  if the  expense is to be paid from  assets  then held by the
trustee of the Sellers'  Pension Plans or, if the expense is not to be paid from
assets  then held by the  trustee of the  Sellers'  Pension  Plans,  Buyer shall
reimburse  GTE Service  Corporation  in the amount of the expense,  in each case
within  fifteen  (15)  days of the  date on which  Buyer  receives  a  statement
therefor from GTE Service Corporation.

                             (C)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary,  the assets and liabilities to be transferred  from the trustee of the
Sellers' Pension Plans to the trustee or funding agent of the Buyer Pension Plan
pursuant to this Section 11.2.1 shall be reduced, as provided in this subsection
(vi),  to reflect any benefit  payments made  pursuant to this  subsection  (vi)
regardless of the form in which paid and any expenses described in paragraph (B)
of this  subsection  (vi) that have not  otherwise  been paid  pursuant  to this
subsection (vi).

            11.2.2 Savings Plans.

                   (a)  As of the date of this Agreement, Sellers participate
in the GTE Savings Plan and the GTE Hourly Savings Plan (collectively  referred
to as the "Sellers' Savings  Plans"). Except as  provided in Section (g) of this
Section   11.2.2,   Transferred   Employees   shall  not  be  entitled  to  make
contributions  to or to benefit from matching or other  contributions  under the
Sellers' Savings Plans on and after the Closing Date.

                   (b)  Buyer shall take all action  necessary  and  appropriate
to ensure that, as soon as practicable  after the Closing Date,  Buyer maintains
or adopts one or more savings plans (hereinafter referred to in the aggregate as
the  "Buyer  Savings  Plans"  and  individually  as the  "Buyer  Savings  Plan")
effective  as of the  Closing  Date and to ensure that the Buyer  Savings  Plans
satisfy  the  following  requirements  as of the  Closing  Date:  (i) each Buyer
Savings  Plan is a  qualified,  single-employer  individual  account  plan under
Section  401(a) of the IRC;  (ii) at least one (1) Buyer  Savings  Plan does not
exclude Transferred Employees from eligibility to participate therein;  (iii) at
least  one  (1)  Buyer  Savings  Plan  permits  Transferred  Employees  to  make
before-tax  contributions  (under  Section  401(k) of the IRC) and  provides for
matching  contributions by the Buyer at a rate of match determined solely in the
discretion  of Buyer;  and (iv) the Buyer  Savings  Plan  does not  violate  the
requirements of any applicable  collective  bargaining  agreement to which it is
subject. Within the thirty (30) day period immediately preceding any transfer of
assets and  liabilities  from a Sellers'  Savings  Plan to a Buyer  Savings Plan
pursuant to this  Section  11.2.2,  Buyer shall  provide  Sellers with a written
certification,  in a form  acceptable  to Sellers,  that the Buyer  Savings Plan
satisfies each of the requirements set forth in this Section (b).

                   (c)  (i)   Sellers shall direct the trustee of the Sellers'
Savings  Plans to transfer to the trustee or funding  agent of the Buyer Savings
Plan  designated  by  Buyer an  amount  in cash  equal  in value to the  account
balances of the Transferred  Employees  covered by the Sellers' Savings Plans as
of the date of the transfer; provided that to the extent the account balances to
be  transferred  consist in whole or in part of  outstanding  participant  loans
which comply with the provisions of the IRC and ERISA (the "Participant Loans"),
Sellers  shall direct the trustee of the Sellers'  Savings  Plans to transfer to
the trustee or funding agent of the Buyer Savings  Plans,  in lieu of cash,  the
promissory notes and related documents  evidencing such Participant Loans. Buyer
and Sellers shall take such actions as may be required to effect the  assignment
of such loans by the  trustee of the  Sellers'  Savings  Plan to the  trustee or
funding agent of the Buyer  Savings  Plan,  and Buyer shall cause the trustee or
funding  agent of the  Buyer  Savings  Plan to  accept  the  assignment  of such
Participant Loans.

                        (ii)  After the date of the transfer of assets and
liabilities  pursuant to this Section 11.2.2, Buyer shall assume all liabilities
for the benefits payable to or with respect to such Transferred  Employees under
the Sellers' Savings Plans, and Sellers and the Sellers' Savings Plans and their
implementing  trust shall retain no liability for such benefits  (other than any
additional  liability that results from Sellers' (or their Affiliate's)  failure
to comply with this Agreement,  the Sellers'  Savings Plan or applicable Law and
that does not result from any failure of Buyer or its  Affiliates to comply with
this Agreement, the Buyer Savings Plan or applicable Law.

                   (d)  For purposes of eligibility and vesting under the Buyer
Savings Plans,  each  Transferred  Employee shall be credited with service as of
the Closing Date as determined under the terms of the Sellers' Savings Plans. As
soon as  practicable  after the Closing  Date,  Sellers  shall cause GTE Service
Corporation to deliver to Buyer a list of the Transferred  Employees  covered by
the Sellers' Savings Plans,  together with each Transferred  Employee's  service
under each of the Sellers' Savings Plans as of the Closing Date.

                   (e)  In connection with the transfer of assets and liabi-
lities pursuant to this Section  11.2.2,  Sellers and Buyer shall cooperate with
each other in making all  appropriate  filings  required by the IRC or ERISA and
the regulations thereunder,  and the transfer of assets and liabilities pursuant
to this Section 11.2.2 shall not take place until as soon as  practicable  after
the latest of (i) the  expiration  of the thirty (30) day period  following  the
filing of any required  notices with the IRS pursuant to Section  6058(b) of the
IRC,  and (ii) the date Buyer has  delivered to Sellers (xx) a copy of the Buyer
Savings Plan and a copy of the most recent  determination letter from the IRS to
the effect that the Buyer Savings Plan is qualified  under  Sections  401(a) and
401(k)  of the IRC,  together  with  documentation  reasonably  satisfactory  to
Sellers of the due adoption of any amendments to the Buyer Savings Plan required
by the IRS as a condition to such  qualification and a certification  from Buyer
that no events have occurred  that  adversely  affect the continued  validity of
such determination letter (apart from the enactment of any Federal law for which
the  remedial  amendment  period  under  Section  401(b)  of the IRC has not yet
expired).

                   (f)  As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, Sellers
shall  cause  GTE  Service  Corporation  to  deliver  to  Buyer  a  list  of the
Transferred Employees who have outstanding  Participant Loans under the Sellers'
Savings  Plans,  together  with  copies of said  Transferred  Employees'  notes,
disclosure statements, and security agreements under the Sellers' Savings Plans.
Subject to  obtaining  the  consent of the  applicable  Transferred  Employee if
required by law, from the Closing Date until the earliest of (i) the actual date
of transfer of assets and liabilities  pursuant to this Section 11.2.2; (ii) the
full  amortization  of  the  Transferred  Employee's  indebtedness;   (iii)  the
distribution of the entire balance of the Transferred  Employee's  accounts;  or
(iv) the last date on which Buyer or one of its Affiliates pays  remuneration to
the Transferred Employee,  Buyer or its Affiliate shall (x) continue the payroll
deductions  pursuant  to which each such  Transferred  Employee  is  discharging
indebtedness  to a Sellers'  Savings  Plan and (y) remit the  deducted  funds to
Fidelity Management Trust Company, the trustee of the Sellers' Savings Plans, as
soon as practicable,  but in no event more than thirty (30) days, after the date
of deduction,  together  with an  accounting  that  identifies  the  Transferred
Employees  with respect to whom the funds were deducted and the amount  deducted
for each Transferred  Employee.  All such remitted funds shall be transferred to
the  appropriate  Sellers'  Savings  Plan and applied to reduce the  appropriate
Transferred Employee's outstanding indebtedness.  Buyer's obligations under this
Section (f) are limited to payroll deductions of Participant Loans repayments by
the  Transferred  Employees and  remittance of those funds,  and nothing  herein
shall be  construed  to  obligate  Buyer to repay to Sellers  any portion of the
outstanding  indebtedness  of the  Transferred  Employees that are not otherwise
discharged by the Transferred Employees themselves.

                   (g)  Sellers shall make all required matching contributions
with respect to the Transferred Employees' contributions to the Sellers' Savings
Plans that are (i) eligible  for  matching and (ii) made before,  or relate to a
period  ending on or prior to, the Closing  Date.  Such  matching  contributions
shall be made not later than the date on which all other matching  contributions
are made to the Sellers' Savings Plans with respect to contributions made at the
same time as the Transferred Employees' contributions.

            11.2.3 Welfare Plans.

                   (a)  Buyer shall take all action  necessary  and  appropriate
to ensure that, as soon as practicable  after the Closing Date,  Buyer maintains
or adopts,  as of the Closing Date, one or more employee  welfare benefit plans,
including medical,  health, dental, flexible spending account,  accident,  life,
short-term  disability,  and long-term  disability  and other  employee  welfare
benefit plans  (including  retiree  medical and life) for the benefit of (i) the
non-bargained Transferred Employees (the "Non-Union Welfare Plans") and (ii) the
union-represented  Transferred  Employees in accordance  with the  provisions of
applicable collective bargaining agreements (the "Bargained Welfare Plans"). The
Non-Union Welfare Plans and the Bargained Welfare Plans are hereinafter referred
to  collectively  as the "Buyer  Welfare  Plans." The Buyer  Welfare Plans shall
provide as of the Closing Date pre-retirement  benefits to Transferred Employees
(and their dependents and beneficiaries) that, in the aggregate,  are comparable
to  the   pre-retirement   benefits  to  which  they  were  entitled  under  the
corresponding  employee  welfare  benefit  plans  maintained  by  Sellers on the
Closing Date.  For purposes of  determining  eligibility  to participate in each
Buyer Welfare Plan,  each  Transferred  Employee shall be credited with service,
determined  under the terms of the  corresponding  welfare  plans  maintained by
Sellers  on the  Closing  Date  (hereinafter  referred  to  collectively  as the
"Sellers'  Welfare  Plans").  Any  restrictions  on  coverage  for  pre-existing
conditions or requirements for evidence of insurability  under the Buyer Welfare
Plans shall be waived for Transferred Employees, and Transferred Employees shall
receive credit under the Buyer Welfare Plans for  co-payments and payments under
a deductible  limit made by them and for  out-of-pocket  maximums  applicable to
them during the plan year of the Sellers'  Welfare Plan in  accordance  with the
corresponding  Sellers' Welfare Plans. As soon as practicable  after the Closing
Date, Sellers shall deliver to Buyer a list of the Transferred Employees who had
credited  service  under a  Sellers'  Welfare  Plan,  together  with  each  such
Transferred   Employee's  service,   co-payment  amounts,   and  deductible  and
out-of-pocket limits under such plan.

                   (b)  (i)   Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b)(ii)
of this Section (b) or in an applicable collective  bargaining agreement,  Buyer
shall provide or cause to be provided retiree medical, health, and life benefits
to  each  Transferred  Employee  (or the  dependents  or  beneficiaries  of such
Transferred Employee,  as the case may be) under substantially  comparable terms
and  conditions  as apply to other  comparable  employees of Buyer,  and Sellers
shall have no obligation to provide retiree medical, health and life benefits in
respect of any Transferred Employee on or after the Closing Date.

                        (ii)  Subject to Section 11.4 below, following the
retirement  from  Buyer  and  its  Affiliates  or  any  successor  thereof  of a
Transferred Employee who is not subject to a collective  bargaining agreement as
of the  Closing  Date,  who has  combined  age and years of  accredited  service
(within the meaning of the Sellers'  Pension Plan) as of June 1, 1999,  equal to
at least 66, and who as of his or her  retirement  has combined age and years of
accredited  service (within the meaning of the Sellers Pension Plan) equal to at
least 76 and at least 15 years of accredited  service (within the meaning of the
Sellers' Pension Plan) (a "Retired  Non-Union  Transferred  Employee"),  Sellers
shall provide or cause to be provided to each such Retired Nonunion  Transferred
Employee  (and/or his or her  dependents  and  beneficiaries)  retiree  medical,
health,  and life benefits  under terms and  conditions  that are  substantially
identical to the terms and conditions under the  corresponding  programs offered
by Sellers  to their  similarly  situated  noncollectively  bargained  employees
retiring  as of the  Closing  Date;  provided  that  nothing in this  subsection
(b)(ii) shall be construed to prevent any Retired Non-Union Transferred Employee
(or his or her dependents or beneficiaries) from voluntarily  relinquishing such
benefits.  Buyer shall  reimburse  Sellers,  in accordance  with this subsection
(b)(ii),  for the cost of the retiree  medical,  health,  and life  coverage for
which Sellers are responsible and that Sellers actually provide pursuant to this
subsection  (b)(ii).  For each year for which  Buyer is  required  to  reimburse
Seller  under this  subsection  (b)(ii),  Buyer  shall pay  Sellers  annually in
arrears, within 30 days after Sellers provide a statement therefor to Buyer, (A)
$4,500 with respect to each Retired Non-Union  Transferred  Employee who has not
yet  attained  age 65 during  the year for which the  payment is made and $4,500
with respect to each spouse who is covered  with respect to a Retired  Non-Union
Transferred  Employee  and who has not yet  attained  age 65 during the year for
which the payment is made, and (B) $2,000 with respect to each Retired Non-Union
Transferred  Employee who has attained at least age 65 during the year for which
the payment is made and $2,000 with  respect to each spouse who is covered  with
respect to a Retired  Non-Union  Transferred  Employee  and who has  attained at
least age 65 during  the year for which the  payment is made.  No  reimbursement
shall be due with respect to any  dependent,  other than a spouse,  covered with
respect  to  a  Retired  Non-Union  Transferred   Employee.   The  reimbursement
obligation  for partial years shall be prorated based on the portion of the year
covered by the obligation.  Each Retired Non-Union  Transferred Employee (or his
or her dependent or beneficiary, as the case may be) who is provided benefits by
Sellers  under this  subsection  (b)(ii) shall be required to pay to Sellers any
premium,  contribution or other payment  required under, and shall be subject to
any copayment or deductible  required  under,  the terms of Sellers'  applicable
retiree  medical,  health,  or life benefit  plan; to the extent that any amount
constituting such a payment is deducted from any plan,  program,  or arrangement
maintained by Buyer or one of its  Affiliates  or is otherwise  paid to Buyer or
one of its  Affiliates by such person,  Buyer shall cause such amount to be paid
to Sellers as soon as administratively practicable.

                        (iii) Benefits provided pursuant to subsection (b)(ii)
of  this  Section  (b)  shall  take  into  account   service  with  and
compensation  increases  from  Buyer on and after the  Closing  Date in the same
manner  as if  such  post-Closing  Date  service  was  performed  with,  or such
compensation  was provided by,  Sellers.  Buyer shall provide  Sellers with such
information  as  shall  be  required  to  implement  the  immediately  preceding
sentence.

                   (c)  Buyer  shall refer to GTE Service  Corporation  and GTE
Service  Corporation  shall  assume  responsibility  for any valid claim under a
Sellers' Welfare Plan for disability,  medical, dental or other benefits made by
a Transferred Employee on or after the Closing Date arising from a loss incurred
on or before the Closing  Date.  Nothing in this Section  11.2.3  shall  require
Sellers,  any  Affiliate of Sellers,  or the Sellers'  Welfare Plans to make any
payment or to provide  any benefit  not  otherwise  provided by the terms of the
Sellers' Welfare Plans.

                   (d)  Sellers, Buyer, their respective Affiliates,  and the
Sellers'  Welfare  Plans and the Buyer  Welfare Plans shall assist and cooperate
with each other in the  disposition  of claims made under the  Sellers'  Welfare
Plans pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section  11.2.3,  and in providing each
other with any records, documents, or other information within its control or to
which it has access that is  reasonably  requested  by any other as necessary or
appropriate to the disposition, settlement, or defense of such claims.

                   (e)  Except for GTE Flexible Reimbursement Plan (the "FRP")
account balances described in Section 11.2.3(f), nothing in this Agreement shall
require Sellers or their  Affiliates to transfer assets or reserves with respect
to the Sellers' Welfare Plans to Buyer or the Buyer Welfare Plans.

                   (f)  As of the Closing Date, Sellers shall cause the portion
of the FRP applicable to Transferred  Employees to be segregated into a separate
component and all account balances of the Transferred Employees in the FRP shall
be  transferred  to a flexible  reimbursement  plan that Buyer shall cause to be
maintained  for the  duration of the  calendar  year in which the  Closing  Date
occurs.

                   (g)  On and for a period of at least three (3) years after
the Closing Date,  Transferred  Employees not subject to a collective bargaining
agreement  shall be eligible for benefits under a Buyer  severance or separation
pay  policy or plans  that are the same as or  comparable  to the  severance  or
separation  pay policy  benefits that are provided by Sellers (or the applicable
Affiliate, if the Transferred Employee is employed by an employer other than the
Sellers)  or a  Sellers'  Pension  Plan  as of the  Closing  Date.  Buyer  shall
recognize the service of each such  Transferred  Employee with Sellers and their
Affiliates for eligibility,  vesting, and benefit determinations under the Buyer
severance or separation pay policy or plan.  Transferred  Employees subject to a
collective  bargaining  agreement  shall be eligible for severance or separation
pay  benefits  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  applicable  collective
bargaining agreement.

      11.3  Miscellaneous Benefits.
            ----------------------

            11.3.1 Loans.

            Buyer shall (i) obtain at its own  expense  newly  executed  payroll
deduction  authorization  forms from all  Transferred  Employees to whom Sellers
have made  outstanding  education  loans,  mortgage loans,  and relocation loans
(excluding any Participant Loans under the Sellers' Savings Plans), (ii) subject
to obtaining the consent of the applicable  Transferred  Employee if required by
law,  continue  the  payroll  deductions  pursuant  to  which  such  Transferred
Employees are discharging such  indebtedness,  and (iii) as soon as practicable,
but in no event more than thirty (30) days,  after the date of deduction,  remit
such  funds  (together  with  an  accounting  that  identifies  the  Transferred
Employees  with respect to whom the funds were deducted and the amount  deducted
for each  Transferred  Employee)  to Sellers for  application  by Sellers to the
Transferred Employees' outstanding indebtedness. Buyer's obligation with respect
to each respective Transferred Employee pursuant to the preceding sentence shall
commence  as of the  Closing  Date and  continue  until the  earlier of the full
amortization  of the  Transferred  Employee's  indebtedness  or the last date on
which  Buyer  or one of its  Affiliates  pays  remuneration  to the  Transferred
Employee.  Sellers shall not seek to accelerate,  cancel or otherwise change the
terms of any  education  loans,  mortgage  loans,  or  relocation  loans made by
Sellers  to such  Transferred  Employees,  except in the case of a default  by a
Transferred Employee.  Buyer's obligations under this Section 11.3.1 are limited
to payroll  deductions  of loan  repayments  by the  Transferred  Employees  and
remittance of those funds and the related  accounting,  and nothing herein shall
be  construed  to  obligate  Buyer  to  repay  to  Sellers  any  portion  of the
outstanding  indebtedness  of the  Transferred  Employees that are not otherwise
discharged   by   the   Transferred   Employees   themselves;   provided   that,
notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary in Article 12 of this  Agreement  or
Section 11.6 of this Agreement,  Sellers shall indemnify and hold harmless Buyer
for all claims,  demands,  actions,  proceedings,  causes of action,  liability,
loss, cost, damage, and expense  (including  reasonable  attorney's fees) in any
way  arising  from or  incurred  as a result of  Buyer's  administration  of the
outstanding  indebtedness  or the  payroll  deduction  authorization  process as
described  above.  All Transferred  Employees with  outstanding  indebtedness as
described in this Section 11.3.1 and the amount and nature of this  indebtedness
shall be identified on a Schedule 11.3.1 to be prepared by Sellers and submitted
to Buyer before the Closing Date.

            11.3.2 Vacation.
                   --------
                   (a)  On or after the Closing Date, Buyer shall allow Trans-
ferred  Employees to receive  paid time off in the calendar  year of the Closing
for any unused  vacation time accrued,  with respect to the calendar year of the
Closing,  prior  to the  Closing  Date.  Except  as  provided  in the  following
sentence,  Sellers and their  Affiliates  shall have no liability to Transferred
Employees for the vacation  payments  described in this Section 11.3.2.  Sellers
shall pay  Transferred  Employees  any banked  vacation on or before the Closing
Date.  Schedule  11.1 to be  prepared by Sellers  and  submitted  to Buyer on or
before the Closing  Date shall list the accrued but unused  vacation  pay, as of
the Closing  Date, of each  Transferred  Employee for the calendar year in which
the Closing Date occurs.

                   (b)  For purposes of determining a Transferred Employee's
eligibility  for vacation under Buyer's  vacation  plan, a Transferred  Employee
shall be credited,  as of the first day of the first  calendar  year that begins
after the calendar  year in which the Closing Date occurs,  with service for the
calendar  year in which  the  Closing  Date  occurs  in an  amount  equal to the
aggregate  of the  Transferred  Employee's  service  with both Sellers and Buyer
during the calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs.

                   (c)  At the time of Closing, all vacation for Transferred
Employees  for the  calendar  year of  Closing  shall  be  prorated  and the net
liability  related  thereto shall be an  adjustment  to the Purchase  Price (the
"Vacation  Proration  Amount").  The adjustment shall be determined by crediting
the  Buyer  with  an  amount  equal  to the  accrued  and  unused  vacation  for
Transferred Employees. In determining said net liability,  Sellers shall receive
a credit  against the total  liability  for any  vacation  used in excess of the
accrued vacation for Transferred Employees as of the Closing Date.

      11.4  Employee Rights.
            ---------------

            Nothing herein  expressed or implied shall confer upon any employee
of Sellers or their  Affiliates,  or Buyer or its Affiliates,  or upon any legal
representative  of such employee,  or upon any collective  bargaining agent, any
rights or remedies,  including any right to  employment or continued  employment
for any specified period, of any nature or kind whatsoever under or by reason of
this Agreement.

            Nothing in this Agreement  shall be deemed to confer upon any person
(nor any  beneficiary  thereof)  any rights  under or with  respect to any plan,
program, or arrangement described in or contemplated by this Agreement, and each
person  (and any  beneficiary  thereof)  shall be  entitled  to look only to the
express terms of any such plan,  program,  or arrangement  for his or her rights
thereunder.

            Nothing in this Agreement shall cause Buyer or its  Affiliates,  nor
Sellers or their Affiliates to have any obligation to provide  employment or any
employee benefits to any individual who is not a Transferred Employee or, except
as otherwise  provided in Section 11.1.2 with respect to employment  agreements,
to continue to employ any Transferred  Employee for any period of time following
the Closing Date.

      11.5  WARN Act Requirements.
            ---------------------
            On and after the  Closing  Date,  Buyer  shall be  responsible  with
respect to Transferred Employees and their beneficiaries for compliance with the
Worker  Adjustment  and  Retraining  Notification  Act of  1988  and  any  other
applicable  Law,  including any requirement to provide for and discharge any and
all  notifications,  benefits,  and  liabilities  to  Transferred  Employees and
government agencies that might be imposed as a result of the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise.

      11.6  Indemnification.
            ---------------

            11.6.1 Indemnification of Sellers. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary  in  Article  12 of this  Agreement,  Buyer  shall  indemnify  and hold
harmless Sellers,  their Affiliates,  and their respective directors,  officers,
employees,  agents,  and assigns,  and each employee benefit plan or arrangement
maintained or contributed to by Sellers or an Affiliate  thereof (whether or not
such plan or  arrangement  is an "employee  benefit  plan" within the meaning of
Section 3(3) of ERISA) and its administrators, fiduciaries, and agents, from and
against  any  and  all  claims,  demands,   actions,   administrative  or  other
proceedings,  causes of action,  liability,  loss,  cost,  damage,  and  expense
(including reasonable attorneys' fees) (i) in any way arising out of or incurred
as a result of any action by Buyer, its Affiliates,  their respective directors,
officers,  employees,  or  agents,  the  administrators  or  fiduciaries  of any
employee  benefit plan  maintained  or  contributed  to by Buyer or an Affiliate
thereof  (whether or not such plan or arrangement is an "employee  benefit plan"
within the meaning of Section  3(3) of ERISA),  or any of their  successors,  to
change,  reduce  contributions  to,  terminate,  fail to  continue,  fail to pay
benefits  under, or fail to manage or administer  properly any employee  benefit
plan or  arrangement  (whether or not such plan or  arrangement  is an "employee
benefit  plan"  within the  meaning  of  Section  3(3) of ERISA) on or after the
Closing  Date,  or (ii) in any way arising out of or incurred as a result of any
action that is a breach of any the covenants,  representations,  warranties,  or
obligations of any such person under this Agreement.

            11.6.2 Indemnification of Buyer. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary  in Article  12 of the  Agreement,  Sellers  shall  indemnify  and hold
harmless  Buyer,  its  Affiliates,  and their  respective  directors,  officers,
employees,  agents,  and assigns,  and each employee benefit plan or arrangement
maintained or  contributed to by Buyer or an Affiliate  thereof  (whether or not
such plan or  arrangement  is an "employee  benefit  plan" within the meaning of
Section 3(3) of ERISA) and its administrators, fiduciaries, and agents, from and
against  any  and  all  claims,  demands,   actions,   administrative  or  other
proceedings,  causes of action,  liability,  loss,  cost,  damage,  and  expense
(including reasonable attorneys' fees) (i) in any way arising out of or incurred
as a result  of any  action  by  Sellers,  their  Affiliates,  their  respective
directors,  officers, employees, or agents, the administrators or fiduciaries of
any  employee  benefit  plan  maintained  or  contributed  to by  Sellers  or an
Affiliate  thereof  (whether  or not such plan or  arrangement  is an  "employee
benefit  plan"  within the  meaning of Section  3(3) of ERISA),  or any of their
successors,  to change,  reduce  contributions to, terminate,  fail to continue,
fail to pay  benefits  under,  or fail to  manage  or  administer  properly  any
employee benefit plan or arrangement (whether or not such plan or arrangement is
an "employee  benefit plan" within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) before,
or relating to a period before, the Closing Date, or (ii) in any way arising out
of or incurred as a result of any action that is a breach of any the  covenants,
representations,  warranties,  or  obligations  of any such  person  under  this
Agreement.

      11.7  Special Provisions For Certain Employees.
            ----------------------------------------
            Any individual  employed in or in association  with the Business and
whose  primary  work  location  is within the areas  serviced  by the  Purchased
Exchanges who as of the Closing Date either (i) is currently receiving long-term
disability  benefits under a long-term  disability plan of the Sellers or one of
their  Affiliates (the "Sellers' LTD Plan"),  (ii) has been approved for receipt
of  long-term  disability  benefits  under the  Sellers'  LTD Plan,  or (iii) is
receiving a disability pension under a Sellers' Pension Plan  (collectively,  an
"LTD Recipient") shall be treated as a Transferred  Employee if and when the LTD
Recipient  recovers  from his or her  disabling  condition and returns to active
service  with the Buyer.  The term "LTD  Recipients"  shall  include  only those
individuals  described in the preceding  sentence who are identified on Schedule
11.1.

            Any  Transferred  Employee  described  in  the  preceding  paragraph
(whether  or not  identified  on  Schedule  11.1  as an "LTD  Recipient")  shall
continue to receive  benefits  under  Sellers'  LTD Plan (or, if  applicable,  a
disability  pension under a Sellers' Pension Plan) after the Closing Date to the
extent  provided  under Sellers' LTD Plan (or the  applicable  Sellers'  Pension
Plan). As long as such  individual  remains  eligible to receive  benefits under
Sellers' LTD Plan (or the applicable Sellers' Pension Plan), the Buyer shall not
be required to provide coverage or benefits to the individual under the employee
benefit plans or programs maintained by the Buyer.

            If any LTD Recipient  recovers from his or her disabling  condition,
Sellers shall have no obligation to offer or provide any  employment to such LTD
Recipient, and absent a legal or contractual right to reemployment and except as
otherwise  provided in Section 11.1,  Buyer shall have no obligation to offer or
provide any employment to such LTD  Recipient.  If an LTD Recipient who received
disability  benefits  under the  Sellers' LTD Plan (or the  applicable  Sellers'
Pension  Plan,  as the case may be) returns to active  service with the Buyer or
one of its Affiliates,  the LTD Recipient's  period of disability  covered under
the Sellers' LTD Plan (or the applicable  Sellers' Pension Plan, as the case may
be) shall be treated as a period of service under the employee benefit plans and
programs of the Buyer and its  Affiliates  to the same extent that the period of
disability  is treated as a period of service  under the employee  benefit plans
and programs of Sellers and their Affiliates.


                                   ARTICLE 12
                                INDEMNIFICATION

      12.1  Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants.
            -----------------------------------------------------

                   (a)  The representations and warranties contained in Sections
8.1.6 and 8.2.6 will  survive  the  Closing  and remain in full force and effect
indefinitely.  The  representations  and warranties  contained in Section 8.1.13
will terminate upon the  expiration of the  applicable  statute of  limitations.
Each of the other  representations  and  warranties  contained in Article 8 will
terminate, without further action, on the date which is (i) the later of one (1)
year  following the Closing Date, or (ii) the  completion of Buyer's first audit
cycle following the Closing Date,  however,  that such cycle is completed within
fifteen (15) months  following  the Closing Date (in each case,  the  applicable
date of expiration of such  representations and warranties is referred to herein
as an "Expiration Date").

                   (b)  This Article 12 shall survive any termination of this
Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the indemnification contained in this
Article  12  shall   survive  the  Closing  and  shall   remain  in  effect  (i)
indefinitely,  with respect to any Indemnifiable  Claim related to the breach of
any  representation  or  warranty  which  pursuant to Section  12.1(a)  survives
indefinitely, (ii) indefinitely, with respect to any Indemnifiable Claim arising
under Section  12.2(a)(iii)  (Retained  Liabilities)  or  12.2(b)(iii)  (Assumed
Liabilities)  and (iii)  until the date  Expiration  Date for any  Indemnifiable
Claims that are not  specified in any of the preceding  clauses.  Unless a claim
for indemnification  with respect to any alleged breach of any representation or
warranty  is  asserted  by notice  given as herein  provided  that  specifically
identifies a particular breach and the underlying facts relating thereto,  which
notice is given within the applicable period of survival for such representation
or warranty,  such claim may not be pursued and is irrevocably waived after such
time.  Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing,  no claim for
indemnification with respect to any representation or warranty will be deemed to
have been  properly made except (i) to the extent it is based upon a Third Party
Claim made or brought prior to the  expiration  of the survival  period for such
representation or warranty,  or (ii) to the extent based on Indemnifiable Losses
actually incurred, or after due inquiry,  reasonably expected to be incurred, by
an  Indemnitee  prior  to  the  expiration  of  the  survival  period  for  such
representation or warranty.

      12.2  Indemnification.

                   (a)  Following the Closing and subject to the other  sections
of this Article 12,  Sellers  jointly and severally will  indemnify,  defend and
hold harmless Buyer and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers,
and agents from and against all Indemnifiable Losses relating to, resulting from
or  arising  out of (i)  any  inaccuracy  in  any  of  the  representations  and
warranties  made by Sellers in Section 8.1 of this  Agreement,  (ii) a breach by
Sellers of any covenant or agreement of Sellers contained in this Agreement, and
(iii) any of the Retained Liabilities.

                   (b)  Following the Closing and subject to the other sections
of this Article 12, Buyer will indemnify,  defend and hold harmless  Sellers and
their Affiliates and their respective directors,  officers,  and agents from and
against all  Indemnifiable  Losses relating to, resulting from or arising out of
(i) any inaccuracy in any of the  representations or warranties made by Buyer in
Section  8.2 of this  Agreement,  (ii) a  breach  by Buyer  of any  covenant  or
agreement  of Buyer  contained in this  Agreement,  and (iii) any of the Assumed
Liabilities.

                   (c)  Payments  made under this Section 12.2 shall be treated
by Buyer and Sellers as purchase price  adjustments  and Buyer and Sellers shall
file all Tax Returns consistent with such treatment. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary contained herein,  Buyer shall not be indemnified or reimbursed for
any Tax consequences arising from the receipt or accrual of an indemnity payment
hereunder  including any Tax consequences  arising from adjustments to the basis
of any  asset  resulting  from  an  adjustment  to  the  Purchase  Price  or any
additional or reduced taxes resulting from any such basis adjustment.

      12.3  Limitations on Liability.
            ------------------------
                   (a)  For purposes of this  Agreement,(i) "Indemnification
Payment" means any amount of  Indemnifiable  Losses required to be paid pursuant
to this  Agreement,  (ii)  "Indemnitee"  means any person or entity  entitled to
indemnification  under this  Agreement,  (iii)  "Indemnifying  Party"  means any
person or entity required to provide  indemnification under this Agreement,  and
(iv) "Indemnifiable  Losses" means any losses,  liabilities,  damages, costs and
expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses and reasonable costs
of  investigation)  actually  incurred in  connection  with any actions,  suits,
demands, assessments, judgments and settlements, in any such case (x) reduced by
(i) the amount of insurance  proceeds  recovered  from any person or entity with
respect thereto,  and (ii) any Tax benefits to the Indemnitee as a result of the
Indemnifiable  Losses  involved and (y) excluding any such losses,  liabilities,
damages,  costs and  expenses to the extent  that the  underlying  liability  or
obligation  is the  result of any  action  taken or  omitted  to be taken by any
Indemnitee.  For purposes of this 12.3(a), the amount of any Tax benefits to the
Indemnitee  shall be deemed to be equal to the net present  value  amount of the
reduction in federal,  state and local income or franchise Taxes or the increase
of a Tax loss or credit  determined  on the basis of the  maximum  marginal  Tax
rates in effect for the Taxable period when payment is made by the  Indemnifying
Party  (regardless of whether the Indemnitee  realizes or will realize an actual
reduction in federal, state or local income or franchise Taxes).

                   (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
this Agreement,  if the Closing occurs, (i) no claim for  indemnification may be
asserted  under Section  12.2(a)(i) or Section  12.2(a)(ii)  with respect to any
matter (x) known to Buyer on or before the date of this Agreement,  or (y) after
the date of this  Agreement and on or before the Closing Date to the extent that
such  matter  became  known to Buyer  prior to Closing and Buyer did not provide
timely  notice  to  Sellers  of the  existence  of such  claim or  condition  in
accordance with Section 10.2(c),  and (ii) no claim for  indemnification  may be
asserted  under Section  12.2(b)(i) or Section  12.2(b)(ii)  with respect to any
matter  discovered  by or  known  to  Sellers  on or  before  the  date  of this
Agreement.

                   (c)  As between Sellers and any Affiliate of Sellers, on the
one hand, and Buyer and any Affiliate of Buyer, on the other hand, the remedies,
rights and obligations set forth in this Article 12,  Sections  10.1.2,  11.2.2,
11.7, 13.3 and the Ancillary  Agreements will be the exclusive remedies,  rights
and obligations  with respect to the liabilities and obligations  referred to in
Section 12.2 and any breach of the representations,  warranties or covenants set
forth  in  this  Agreement.  Without  limiting  the  foregoing,  as  a  material
inducement to entering into this Agreement,  to the fullest extent  permitted by
law,  each of the parties  waives any claim or cause of action that it otherwise
might assert, and any breach of the representations, warranties or covenants set
forth in this Agreement, except for claims or causes of action brought under and
subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 12 and Sections 10.1.2, 11.7
and 13.3, and claims based on common law fraud.

                   (d)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or
of any applicable Law, no Indemnitee will be entitled to make a claim against an
Indemnifying  Party  under  Sections  11.2.2,  11.7,  12.2(a)(i),   12.2(a)(ii),
12.2(b)(i) or 12.2(b)(ii) until:

                        (i)   the aggregate amount of Indemnifiable  Losses
incurred by the  Indemnitee for any  individual  occurrence  giving rise to such
Indemnifiable Losses exceeds $25,000, and

                        (ii)  the aggregate amount of claims that may be
asserted for such Indemnifiable Losses pursuant to Section 12.3(d)(i) exceeds an
amount equal to two percent (2%) of the Purchase  Price,  but only to the extent
such  amount,  if any,  (a) exceeds an amount  equal to two percent  (2%) of the
Purchase  Price,  or in the case of claims for breaches of Section  8.1.19 only,
exceeds an amount equal to $7,000,000  (provided that Indemnifiable  Losses with
respect to breaches of Section 8.1.19 shall be payable as  Indemnifiable  Losses
in excess of the  $7,000,000  basket or the two  percent  (2%)  basket,  but not
both), and (b) is less than the amount set forth in Section 12.3(e).

                   (e)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
the  indemnification  obligations of Sellers under Section  12.2(a) (except with
respect to indemnification for inaccuracies of the representations  contained in
Sections 8.1.1 through 8.1.6) or the  indemnification  obligation of Buyer under
Section  12.2(b)  will not exceed the amount of an amount  equal to ten  percent
(10%) of the Purchase Price  respectively,  after  subtracting  the floor amount
specified in Section 12.3(d)(ii).

                   (f)  No Indemnifying Party shall be liable to or obligated
to indemnify any Indemnitee hereunder for any consequential,  special, multiple,
punitive or exemplary  damages  including,  but not limited to, damages  arising
from loss or  interruption  of  business,  profits,  business  opportunities  or
goodwill,  loss of use of facilities,  loss of capital,  claims of customers, or
any cost or expense related thereto, except to the extent such damages have been
recovered by the Indemnifying Party under its insurance or have been received by
a  third  person  and  are  the  subject  of  a  Third  Party  Claim  for  which
indemnification is available under the express terms of this Section 12.

                   (g)  Notwithstanding  anything in this Agreement to the
contrary,  Sellers shall not be liable to or obligated to indemnify Buyer or any
other Indemnitee hereunder for any claim that any of Sellers' representations or
warranties in Section 8.1 is inaccurate, or that any covenant has been breached,
if such claim is predicated  on any action by a  Governmental  Authority  (other
than a Tax  authority)  undertaken  after  Closing or any action a  Governmental
Authority  (other than a Tax  authority)  requires  Sellers to  undertake  after
Closing.

                   (h)  From the date hereof through the Expiration Date, Buyer
shall not be eligible to seek  indemnification  from Sellers with respect to any
resulting  Indemnifiable  Losses,  and shall indemnify  Sellers from any losses,
liabilities,  damages,  costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees
and  expenses  and  reasonable  costs of  investigation)  actually  incurred  in
connection with any resulting actions,  suits, demands,  assessments,  judgments
and  settlements in the event that Buyer,  without the prior written  consent of
Sellers:  (i) undertakes any environmental  remediation activity with respect to
any Owned Real  Property;  or (ii)  contacts,  or causes or  permits  any of its
subsidiaries, affiliates, agents, employees, officers or directors to contact on
its  behalf,  any  Governmental  Authority  for the  purpose of  initiating  any
investigation  or inquiry as to the  compliance  by Sellers  with  Environmental
Requirements with respect to the Owned Real Property,  except in each case as is
required to comply with applicable Environmental Requirements.

                        (i)   Sellers and Buyer shall cooperate with each other
with respect to resolving any claim or liability with respect to which one party
is  obligated  to  indemnify  the other  party  hereunder,  including  by making
commercially  reasonable  efforts  to  mitigate  or  resolve  any such  claim or
liability.

      12.4  Defense of Claims.

                   (a)  If any Indemnitee  receives  notice of the assertion of
any claim or of the  commencement of any action or proceeding by any entity that
is not a party to this Agreement or an Affiliate of such a party (a "Third Party
Claim") against such Indemnitee,  with respect to which an Indemnifying Party is
obligated to provide  indemnification under this Agreement,  the Indemnitee will
give such Indemnifying  Party reasonably  prompt written notice thereof,  but in
any event not later than ten (10)  calendar days after receipt of notice of such
Third Party Claim;  provided,  however,  that the failure of the  Indemnitee  to
notify the Indemnifying Party shall only relieve the Indemnifying Party from its
obligation to indemnify the Indemnitee pursuant to this Article 12 to the extent
that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure (whether as
a result of the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses or otherwise). Upon
receipt of notification of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying  Party shall be
entitled, upon written notice to the Indemnitee, to assume the investigation and
defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee.  Whether
or not the Indemnifying  Party elects to assume the investigation and defense of
any Third Party Claim,  the Indemnitee  shall have the right to employ  separate
counsel and to participate in the investigation  and defense thereof;  provided,
however,  that the  Indemnitee  shall  pay the fees  and  disbursements  of such
separate  counsel  unless (i) the  employment of such separate  counsel has been
specifically   authorized  in  writing  by  the  Indemnifying  Party,  (ii)  the
Indemnifying  Party has failed to assume the  defense of such Third  Party Claim
within  reasonable time after receipt of notice thereof with counsel  reasonably
satisfactory to such Indemnitee, or (iii) the named parties to the proceeding in
which such claim,  demand,  action or cause of action has been asserted  include
both the Indemnifying Party and such Indemnitee and, in the reasonable  judgment
of counsel to such  Indemnitee,  there exists one or more  defenses  that may be
available to the  Indemnitee  that are in conflict  with those  available to the
Indemnifying Party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnifying Party shall
not be liable for the fees and  disbursements  of more than one  counsel for all
Indemnified  Parties in  connection  with any one  proceeding  or any similar or
related  proceedings arising from the same general allegations or circumstances.
Without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, the Indemnifying Party will
not enter  into any  settlement  of any Third  Party  Claim  that  would lead to
liability  or  create  any  financial  or  other  obligation  on the part of the
Indemnitee unless such settlement  includes as an unconditional term thereof the
release of the  Indemnitee  from all  liability  in respect of such Third  Party
Claim. If a settlement  offer solely for money damages is made by the applicable
third party  claimant,  and the  Indemnifying  Party  notifies the Indemnitee in
writing of the Indemnifying  Party's willing-ness to accept the settlement offer
and pay the amount called for by such offer without reservation of any rights or
defenses  against the  Indemnitee,  the  Indemnitee may continue to contest such
claim,  free of any  participation by the Indemnifying  Party, and the amount of
any  ultimate  liability  with  respect  to such  Third  Party  Claim  that  the
Indemnifying  Party has an obligation  to pay hereunder  shall be limited to the
lesser of (A) the amount of the settlement offer that the Indemnitee declined to
accept  plus the Losses of the  Indemnitee  relating  to such Third  Party Claim
through the date of its rejection of the  settlement  offer or (B) the aggregate
Losses of the Indemnitee with respect to such claim.

                   (b)  Any claim by an Indemnitee on account of an Indemni-
fiable Loss that does not result  from a Third  Party  Claim (a "Direct  Claim")
will be asserted by giving the  Indemnifying  Party  reasonably  prompt  written
notice thereof,  but in any event not later than thirty (30) calendar days after
the receipt of notice thereof,  and the Indemnifying Party will have a period of
thirty  (30)  calendar  days  within  which to respond in writing to such Direct
Claim.  If the  Indemnifying  Party does not so respond  within such thirty (30)
calendar day period, the Indemnifying Party will be deemed to have rejected such
claim, in which event the Indemnitee will be free to pursue such remedies as may
be available to the  Indemnitee  on the terms and subject to the  provisions  of
this Article 12.

                   (c)  If after the making of any Indemnification Payment the
amount of the  Indemnifiable  Loss to which such  payment  relates is reduced by
recovery,  settlement or otherwise under any insurance coverage,  or pursuant to
any claim,  recovery,  settlement or payment by or against any other entity, the
amount of such reduction (less any costs,  expenses,  premiums or taxes incurred
in  connection  therewith)  will  promptly  be repaid by the  Indemnitee  to the
Indemnifying  Party. Upon making any Indemnification  Payment,  the Indemnifying
Party will, to the extent of such Indemnification  Payment, be subrogated to all
rights of the Indemnitee against any third party that is not an Affiliate of the
Indemnitee  in respect of the  Indemnifiable  Loss to which the  Indemnification
Payment  relates;  provided  that (i) the  Indemnifying  Party  shall then be in
compliance  with  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement  in  respect  of such
Indemnifiable  Loss, and (ii) until the Indemnitee  recovers full payment of its
Indemnifiable  Loss, all claims of the Indemnifying Party against any such third
party  on  account  of  said  Indemnification  Payment  will be  subrogated  and
subordinated in right of payment to the  Indemnitee's  rights against such third
party.  Without limiting the generality or effect of any other provision of this
Article 12, each such Indemnitee and  Indemnifying  Party will duly execute upon
request  all  instruments  reasonably  necessary  to  evidence  and  perfect the
above-described subrogation and subordination rights.

                                   ARTICLE 13
                                  TERMINATION

      13.1  Termination Rights.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time
            ------------------
prior to the Closing Date:

                   (a)  at any time by mutual written consent of the parties;

                   (b)  by Buyer if any of the conditions provided in Section
6.1 of this  Agreement  have not been met  within  eighteen  (18)  months  after
execution of this Agreement and have not been waived by Buyer;

                   (c)  by Sellers if any of the conditions provided in Section
6.2 of this  Agreement  have not been met  within  eighteen  (18)  months  after
execution of this Agreement and have not been waived by Sellers; or

                   (d)  by Sellers if any obligations of Buyer provided in
Article 3 become incapable of being fulfilled.

      13.2  Good Faith Performance. Neither party shall be entitled to exercise
any right of termination pursuant to subsection 13.1(b),(c) or (d) above if such
party  shall not have  performed  diligently  and in good faith the  obligations
required  to be  performed  by  such  party  hereunder  prior  to  the  date  of
termination.

      13.3  Effect of Termination.
            ----------------------
                   (a)  If this Agreement is terminated as a result of a
Material  Adverse  Effect or  Section  13.1(a),  this  Agreement  shall be of no
further  force and effect  and there  shall be no  further  liability  hereunder
(except the obligations  under the  Confidentiality  Agreement and the liability
for breach of such  obligations) on the part of either party or their respective
Affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, agents or other representatives.

                   (b)  If this Agreement is terminated by Buyer pursuant to
Section  13.1(b),  this  Agreement  shall be of no further  force and effect and
there  shall be no  further  obligations  or  liability  hereunder  (except  the
obligations under the Confidentiality  Agreement and the liability for breach of
such  obligations) on the part of either party or their  respective  Affiliates,
directors, officers,  shareholders,  agents or other representatives;  provided,
however,  that (i) in the event  that such  termination  is the result of one or
more  Sellers'  willful or  negligent  failure to fulfill  their  conditions  to
Closing  under  Section 6.1 and Buyer has  fulfilled  its  conditions to Closing
under Section 6.2, and Sellers have failed to cure such non-performance within a
reasonable  period after notice from Buyer,  then Sellers  jointly and severally
shall pay Buyer liquidated  damages in an amount equal to the Deposit,  and (ii)
Sellers shall promptly refund the Deposit following such termination. Payment of
the amount of the  Deposit by Sellers as  liquidated  damages  and return of the
Deposit to Buyer  shall be Buyer's  sole and  exclusive  remedy.  Sellers  shall
promptly pay such amount to Buyer in immediately  available funds following such
termination.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall
any act or omission of Sellers in  connection  with the Merger be deemed to be a
breach  of the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement  for  purposes  of this
Section 13.3(b).

                   (c)  If this  Agreement is terminated by Sellers pursuant to
Section  13.1(c) or (d), this Agreement  shall be of no further force and effect
and there shall be no further  obligations  or liability  hereunder  (except the
obligations under the Confidentiality  Agreement and the liability for breach of
such  obligations) on the part of either party or their  respective  Affiliates,
directors, officers,  shareholders,  agents or other representatives;  provided,
however,  that  Sellers  shall be entitled  to retain the Deposit as  liquidated
damages as Sellers' sole and  exclusive  remedy if such  termination  is (i) the
result of Buyer's  willful or  negligent  failure to fulfill its  conditions  to
Closing under Section 6.2 and Sellers have fulfilled their conditions to Closing
under  Section 6.1, and Buyer has failed to cure such  non-performance  within a
reasonable  period  after  notice  from  Seller;  or (ii) the  result of Buyer's
incapacity to fulfill its obligations under Article 3.

                   (d)  Upon any termination of the Agreement, each of the
parties  shall  promptly  comply  with the  obligations  of the  Confidentiality
Agreement  regarding  return or destruction of Evaluation  Material of the other
party.

                   (e)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein,  the provisions of this Section 13.3 and of Sections 14.1,  14.2,  14.3,
14.8, 14.11, 14.13 and 14.14, shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE 14
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

      14.1  Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted
hereunder shall be in writing and, unless otherwise  provided in this Agreement,
will be deemed to have been  given when  delivered  in person or  dispatched  by
electronic   facsimile  transfer   (confirmed  in  writing  by  certified  mail,
concurrently  dispatched)  or one business day after having been  dispatched for
next-day  delivery by a nationally  recognized  overnight courier service to the
appropriate party at the address specified below:

            (a)  If to Buyer, to:

            CenturyTel, Inc.
            100 Century Park Drive
            Monroe, LA  71203
      `      Facsimile No.:  318-388-9488
            Attention:  R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
                        Executive Vice President and
                        Chief Financial Officer

                        Stacey W. Goff
                        General Counsel's Office

            With a copy to:


            William R. Boles, Jr.
            Boles, Boles & Ryan
            1805 Tower Drive
            Monroe, LA  71201
            Facsimile No.:  318-329-9150

            (b)  If to Sellers, to:

            William M. Edwards, III
            Vice President - Property Repositioning
            600 Hidden Ridge, HQE02J27
            Irving, TX 75038
            Facsimile No. (972) 719-7062

            With a copy to:

            Dale R. Chamberlain
            Legal Counsel - Property Repositioning
            600 Hidden Ridge, HQE02J34
            Irving, TX  75038
            Facsimile No. (972) 719-7162

or to such other  address or  addresses  as any such party may from time to time
designate for itself by like notice.

      14.2  Information Releases. The parties shall consult with each other (and
allow the other party notice, and a reasonable time to comment) in preparing any
employee announcement,  press release, public announcement,  news media response
or other  form of  release  of  information  concerning  this  Agreement  or the
transactions contemplated hereby that is intended to provide such information to
the employees generally,  news media or the public. Neither party shall issue or
cause  the  publication  of any  press  release,  public  announcement  or media
response  without  the  prior  written  consent  of the other  party;  provided,
however,  that,  after allowing the other party notice and a reasonable  time to
comment prior to issuance, nothing herein will prohibit either party from making
an  employee  announcement,  or  issuing  or  causing  publication  of any press
release, public announcement or media response to the extent that such action is
required  by  applicable  Law  or  the  rules  of any  national  stock  exchange
applicable to such party or its Affiliates.

      14.3  Expenses. Whether or not the transactions  contemplated  hereby  are
consummated and except as otherwise  expressly provided herein,  each party will
pay any expenses  (including  attorneys' fees) incurred by it incidental to this
Agreement and in consummating the transactions provided for herein.

      14.4  Successors and Assigns.This Agreement will be binding upon and inure
to the  benefit  of the  parties  hereto  and their  respective  successors  and
permitted  assigns,  but is not assignable or delegable by any party without the
prior written consent of the other party; provided,  that (i) Sellers may assign
this  Agreement  to an  Affiliate  of  Sellers  without  the  consent  of  Buyer
including, on and after the closing of the Merger, the ultimate parent entity of
the successor  corporation to such merger or any entity  controlled  thereby and
(ii)  Buyer  may  assign  its  rights  under  this  Agreement  to  one  or  more
wholly-owned subsidiaries,  provided that Buyer shall remain responsible for all
of its obligations under this Agreement.

      14.5  Amendments.  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a
subsequent writing signed by authorized representatives of both parties.

      14.6  Captions. The captions set forth in this Agreement are for
convenience  only and shall not be considered as part of this Agreement,  nor as
in any way limiting or amplifying the terms and provisions hereof.

      14.7  Entire Agreement. The term "Agreement" shall mean collectively this
document, the Schedules hereto and any agreements expressly incorporated herein.
This Agreement supersedes and revokes any prior discussions and representations,
other  agreements,  commitments,  arrangements  or  understandings  of any  sort
whatsoever,  whether oral or written, that may have been made or entered into by
the  parties   relating  to  the  matters   contemplated   hereby,   except  the
Confidentiality Agreement. This Agreement, the Confidentiality Agreement and the
Ancillary  Documents  constitute  the entire  agreement by and among the parties
with respect to the subject  matter  hereof,  and there are no  representations,
warranties,  agreements,  commitments,  arrangements or understandings except as
expressly set forth herein.

      14.8  Waiver.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement,
neither  the  failure  nor any  delay on the part of any party to  exercise  any
right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall
any single or partial  exercise or waiver of any such right,  power or privilege
preclude  any other or further  exercise  thereof,  or the exercise of any other
right, power or privilege available to each party at law or in equity.

      14.9  Third Parties. Except as expressly provided herein,nothing contained
in this Agreement is intended to confer upon any Person,  other than the parties
hereto and their successors and permitted assigns,  any rights or remedies under
or by reason of this Agreement.

      14.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counter-
parts, any or all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

      14.11 Governing Law. This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements  shall in
all respects be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of New York (except that no effect shall be given to any conflicts of law
principles  of the State of New York that would require the  application  of the
laws of any other jurisdiction). The parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive
jurisdiction  of any Arkansas  District  Court or any Federal  Court  located in
Arkansas for  purposes of any suit,  action or other  proceeding  arising out of
this Agreement,  the Ancillary Agreements or any transaction contemplated hereby
or thereby.  The  parties  agree that  service of process,  summons or notice or
document by U.S. registered mail to such party's respective address set forth in
Section  14.1 shall be  effective  service of process  for any  action,  suit or
proceeding  in Arkansas with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to
jurisdiction  as set forth  above in the  immediately  preceding  sentence.  The
parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally  waive trial by jury in any legal
action or proceeding  relating to this Agreement or any other agreement  entered
into in connection  therewith and for any counterclaim with respect thereto.  In
the  event of any  breach  of the  provisions  of this  Agreement  or any  other
agreement entered into in connection therewith, the non-breaching party shall be
entitled to equitable  relief,  including in the form of injunctions  and orders
for specific  performance,  where the applicable legal standards for such relief
in such  courts are met,  in addition  to all other  remedies  available  to the
non-breaching party with respect thereto at law or in equity.

      14.12 Further Assurances. From time to time, as and when requested by one
of the parties, the other party will use its commercially  reasonable efforts to
execute and deliver,  or cause to be executed and delivered,  all such documents
and instruments as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable
opinion of counsel for Sellers and Buyer,  to consummate  and make effective the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

      14.13 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be
invalid,  illegal or unenforceable by any Governmental Authority,  the remaining
provisions of this Agreement to the extent permitted by Law shall remain in full
force and  effect  provided  that the  essential  terms and  conditions  of this
Agreement for both parties remain valid,  binding and  enforceable  and provided
that the economic and legal  substance of the  transactions  contemplated is not
affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. In the event of any such
determination,  the  parties  agree to  negotiate  in good faith to modify  this
Agreement to fulfill as closely as possible  the  original  intents and purposes
hereof.  To the extent  permitted by Law, the parties  hereby to the same extent
waive any  provision  of Law that renders any  provision  hereof  prohibited  or
unenforceable in any respect.

      14.14 Representation by Counsel; Interpretation. Sellers and  Buyer  each
acknowledge that each party to this Agreement has been represented by counsel in
connection  with  this  Agreement  and  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement. Accordingly, any rule of Law or any legal decision that would require
interpretation  of any claimed  ambiguities in this Agreement  against the party
that drafted it has no application  and is expressly  waived.  The provisions of
this Agreement shall be interpreted in a reasonable  manner to effect the intent
of Buyer and Sellers.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties, acting through their duly
authorized agents, have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered
as of the date first above written.


GTE ARKANSAS INCORPORATED                    CENTURYTEL, INC.

By:  /s/ William M. Edwards, III             By:  /s/ R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
Name:    William M. Edwards, III             Name:    R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
Title:   VP - Property Repositioning         Title:   Executive Vice President
                                                      and CFO

GTE MIDWEST INCORPORATED

By:  /s/ William M. Edwards, III
Name:    William M. Edwards, III
Title:   VP - Property Repositioning

GTE SOUTHWEST INCORPORATED

By:  /s/ William M. Edwards, III
Name:    William M. Edwards, III
Title:   VP - Property Repositioning




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission